Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000 Networks Cards > Downloads Free! Drivers, Utilities, Manual, Firmware and BIOS

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

37Kb

File Name

tb170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs
Platform: Intel (32-bit)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 Open Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

25Kb

File Name

to141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO141a4.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\DO141a4.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\CO141a4.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\HO141a4.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\TO141a4.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4

\SO141a4.img Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\DO141a4.img Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\CO141a4.img Lp9002 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\HO141a4.img Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\TO141a4.img Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free. (CR11852)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free. (CR11350 & CR11351)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode. (CR11538)

3. In some system, if the HBA was fail on the initialization by pulling
or remove the cable during boot time, the .properties command in the
ok prompt will display the wrong mode number of the HBA. The new
fixed will not show any model number of the HBA in this scenario. If
the system initize the HBA properly, it will display the correct
model number of the HBA. (CR9842)

4. Added the new instruction for using the alpa to set the boot id in
readme file. (CR9781)

5. There is an issue which user can't use "Alpa" command to set Boot ID,
because the command was missing, the new release correct this issue,
so the user can use "Alpa" to set the boot id on HBA in the loop mode.
(CR9257)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

37Kb

File Name

tb170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 Open Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

25Kb

File Name

to141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO141a4.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\DO141a4.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\CO141a4.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\HO141a4.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\TO141a4.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4

\SO141a4.img Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\DO141a4.img Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\CO141a4.img Lp9002 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\HO141a4.img Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\TO141a4.img Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free. (CR11852)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free. (CR11350 & CR11351)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode. (CR11538)

3. In some system, if the HBA was fail on the initialization by pulling
or remove the cable during boot time, the .properties command in the
ok prompt will display the wrong mode number of the HBA. The new
fixed will not show any model number of the HBA in this scenario. If
the system initize the HBA properly, it will display the correct
model number of the HBA. (CR9842)

4. Added the new instruction for using the alpa to set the boot id in
readme file. (CR9781)

5. There is an issue which user can't use "Alpa" command to set Boot ID,
because the command was missing, the new release correct this issue,
so the user can use "Alpa" to set the boot id on HBA in the loop mode.
(CR9257)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Manual

1.41a4

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP1005DC Combined Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

v5.01a3

Size Driver

56Kb

File Name

mc501a3.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP1005DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS Version 1.70a3 and OpenBoot Version 1.50a3.
Support: HS20, HS40, JS20 This Combined Boot version 5.01a3 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 1.70a3
(2) OpenBoot version 1.50a3

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
and for OpenBoot, section III. This Combined Boot can boot on either Intel
x86 Platform or Non-Intel Fcode. In other words, the platform is transparent
and the user should not be concerned with any differences with regard to x86
BootBIOS or OpenBoot.

Combined Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS and OpenBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.

This boot code is a special build for the LP1005DC product only.
DO NOT download it to any other Emulex product.
Files included in this release:

\readme.txt the file you are reading
\MC501A3.PRG LP1005DC Combined Boot
Combined Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Combined Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

2. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

3. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP1005DC Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP1005DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a3

Size BIOS

41Kb

File Name

bb170a3.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
\B170a3.TXT the file you are reading

\SB170a3.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\DB170a3.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\CB170a3.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\HB170a3.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70a3
\TB170a3.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\BB170a3.PRG Lp11000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\ZB170a3.PRG Lpe11000 BIOS version 1.70a3

\QB170a3.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70a3
\RB170a3.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70a3
\LB170a3.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70a3
\MB170a3.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70a3
\JB170a3.PRG Lp1150 BIOS version 1.70a3
\IB170a3.PRG Lp111 BIOS version 1.70a3
\EB170a3.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70a3
\WB170a3.PRG Lpe1150 BIOS version 1.70a3

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Open Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.50a8

Size Driver

35Kb

File Name

bo150a8.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255). The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
\B170a3.TXT the file you are reading

\SB170a3.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\DB170a3.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\CB170a3.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\HB170a3.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70a3
\TB170a3.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\BB170a3.PRG Lp11000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\ZB170a3.PRG Lpe11000 BIOS version 1.70a3

\QB170a3.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70a3
\RB170a3.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70a3
\LB170a3.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70a3
\MB170a3.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70a3
\JB170a3.PRG Lp1150 BIOS version 1.70a3
\IB170a3.PRG Lp111 BIOS version 1.70a3
\EB170a3.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70a3
\WB170a3.PRG Lpe1150 BIOS version 1.70a3

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 EFI Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

3.11a5

Size Driver

129Kb

File Name

be311a5_ebc.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt the file you are reading
\DE311A5.PRG Lp8000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\CE311A5.PRG Lp9000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\QE311A5.PRG Lp850 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\LE311A5.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\TE311A5.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ME311A5.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\EE311A5.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\BE311A5.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\JE311A5.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ZE311A5.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\WE311A5.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ElxCli311a5.efi

***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Universal Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

5.02a0

Size Driver

204Kb

File Name

bu502a0.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 1.70a3, OpenBoot 1.50a8 and EFIBoot 3.11a5 This Universal Boot version 5.01a9 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 1.70a3
(2) OpenBoot version 1.50a8
(3) EFIBoot version 3.11a5

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\readme.txt this file you are reading
\HU502A0.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU502A0.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU502A0.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU502A0.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\elxcli311a5.efi EFI 3.11a5 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a3

Size BIOS

41Kb

File Name

bb170a3.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
\B170a3.TXT the file you are reading

\SB170a3.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\DB170a3.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\CB170a3.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\HB170a3.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70a3
\TB170a3.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\BB170a3.PRG Lp11000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\ZB170a3.PRG Lpe11000 BIOS version 1.70a3

\QB170a3.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70a3
\RB170a3.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70a3
\LB170a3.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70a3
\MB170a3.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70a3
\JB170a3.PRG Lp1150 BIOS version 1.70a3
\IB170a3.PRG Lp111 BIOS version 1.70a3
\EB170a3.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70a3
\WB170a3.PRG Lpe1150 BIOS version 1.70a3

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Open Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.50a8

Size Driver

35Kb

File Name

bo150a8.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255). The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
\B170a3.TXT the file you are reading

\SB170a3.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\DB170a3.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\CB170a3.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\HB170a3.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70a3
\TB170a3.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\BB170a3.PRG Lp11000 BIOS version 1.70a3
\ZB170a3.PRG Lpe11000 BIOS version 1.70a3

\QB170a3.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70a3
\RB170a3.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70a3
\LB170a3.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70a3
\MB170a3.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70a3
\JB170a3.PRG Lp1150 BIOS version 1.70a3
\IB170a3.PRG Lp111 BIOS version 1.70a3
\EB170a3.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70a3
\WB170a3.PRG Lpe1150 BIOS version 1.70a3

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 EFI Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

3.11a5

Size Driver

129Kb

File Name

be311a5_ebc.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\rel_notes.txt the file you are reading
\DE311A5.PRG Lp8000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\CE311A5.PRG Lp9000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\QE311A5.PRG Lp850 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\HE311A5.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\LE311A5.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\TE311A5.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ME311A5.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\EE311A5.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\BE311A5.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\JE311A5.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ZE311A5.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\WE311A5.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a5
\ElxCli311a5.efi

***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Universal Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

5.02a0

Size Driver

204Kb

File Name

bu502a0.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 1.70a3, OpenBoot 1.50a8 and EFIBoot 3.11a5 This Universal Boot version 5.01a9 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 1.70a3
(2) OpenBoot version 1.50a8
(3) EFIBoot version 3.11a5

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\readme.txt this file you are reading
\HU502A0.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU502A0.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU502A0.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU502A0.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\elxcli311a5.efi EFI 3.11a5 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

40Kb

File Name

db170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
B170A1.txt the file you are reading

SB170A1.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70A1
DB170A1.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70A1
CB170A1.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70A1
HB170A1.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70A1
TB170A1.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70A1

QB170A1.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70A1
RB170A1.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70A1
LB170A1.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70A1
MB170A1.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70A1
EB170A1.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70A1

Although a specific BIOS file for the LP6000 does not exist, all current
versions of BIOS will scan and process any LP6000 Adapters in the system.

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

27Kb

File Name

do141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO141a4.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\DO141a4.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\CO141a4.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\HO141a4.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\TO141a4.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4

\SO141a4.img Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\DO141a4.img Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\CO141a4.img Lp9002 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\HO141a4.img Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\TO141a4.img Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free. (CR11852)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free. (CR11350 & CR11351)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode. (CR11538)

3. In some system, if the HBA was fail on the initialization by pulling
or remove the cable during boot time, the .properties command in the
ok prompt will display the wrong mode number of the HBA. The new
fixed will not show any model number of the HBA in this scenario. If
the system initize the HBA properly, it will display the correct
model number of the HBA. (CR9842)

4. Added the new instruction for using the alpa to set the boot id in
readme file. (CR9781)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

2.41a5 zip

Size Driver

28Kb

File Name

tsf241a5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP8000S HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading
\TSC241A5.PRG Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5
\TSF241A5.PRG Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5

\TSC241A5.img Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file
\TSF241A5.img Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file

\TSC241A5.MSX Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format
\TSF241A5.MSX Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format

--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice of
the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

(5) This version of OpenBoot can download the flash through lpsutil.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A5 ------------------------

1. The device boot path for S_Bus on previous was not setup correctly,
and it cause "devalias" display incorrectly boot path. The new fixed
is reconfig the S_Bus boot path in "my-path".
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

2.41a5 tar

Size Driver

55Kb

File Name

tsf241a5.tar

Information

IBM Branded LP8000S HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading
\TSC241A5.PRG Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5
\TSF241A5.PRG Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5

\TSC241A5.img Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file
\TSF241A5.img Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file

\TSC241A5.MSX Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format
\TSF241A5.MSX Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format

--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice of
the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

(5) This version of OpenBoot can download the flash through lpsutil.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A5 ------------------------

1. The device boot path for S_Bus on previous was not setup correctly,
and it cause "devalias" display incorrectly boot path. The new fixed
is reconfig the S_Bus boot path in "my-path".
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002C OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

27Kb

File Name

co141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002C HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002C Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002C HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a3

Size BIOS

41Kb

File Name

cb170a3.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC Open Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

27Kb

File Name

co141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

40Kb

File Name

cb170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

27Kb

File Name

co141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

2.41a5 zip

Size Driver

28Kb

File Name

tsc241a5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading
\TSC241A5.PRG Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5
\TSF241A5.PRG Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5

\TSC241A5.img Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file
\TSF241A5.img Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file

\TSC241A5.MSX Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format
\TSF241A5.MSX Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format

--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice of
the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

(5) This version of OpenBoot can download the flash through lpsutil.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A5 ------------------------

1. The device boot path for S_Bus on previous was not setup correctly,
and it cause "devalias" display incorrectly boot path. The new fixed
is reconfig the S_Bus boot path in "my-path".
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

2.41a5 tar

Size Driver

55Kb

File Name

tsc241a5.tar

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading
\TSC241A5.PRG Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5
\TSF241A5.PRG Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5

\TSC241A5.img Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file
\TSF241A5.img Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for image file

\TSC241A5.MSX Lp9002s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format
\TSF241A5.MSX Lp8000s S_Bus Open Boot 2.41A5 for Motorola-S3 format

--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice of
the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

(5) This version of OpenBoot can download the flash through lpsutil.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A5 ------------------------

1. The device boot path for S_Bus on previous was not setup correctly,
and it cause "devalias" display incorrectly boot path. The new fixed
is reconfig the S_Bus boot path in "my-path".
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 2.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode.
(** For PCI_Bus_Only**)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

40Kb

File Name

cb170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

27Kb

File Name

co141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Manual

1.41a4

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP952L BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

40Kb

File Name

rb170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP952L HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
B170A1.txt the file you are reading

SB170A1.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70A1
DB170A1.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70A1
CB170A1.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70A1
HB170A1.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70A1
TB170A1.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70A1

QB170A1.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70A1
RB170A1.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70A1
LB170A1.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70A1
MB170A1.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70A1
EB170A1.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70A1

Although a specific BIOS file for the LP6000 does not exist, all current
versions of BIOS will scan and process any LP6000 Adapters in the system.

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP952L EFI Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

3.11a3

Size Driver

124Kb

File Name

re311a3_ebc.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP952L HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Intel Itanium (64-bit) The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit system
boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. EFIBoot supports EFI
Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61 and 1.10.14.62.

EFIBoot supports:

(1) Multi-Topology : Fabric Point-to-Point; FC-AL: Private Loop and Public
Loop.

(2) EFI Protocols : Configuration, Component Name, Firmware Update, VPD,
LunCtrlAttrs and Diagnostics are supported.

(3) Operating System : Windows Server 2003 and Red-Hat Linux

(4) Multi-Device path : Fibre/SCSI device path selectable through the Driver
Configuration Protocol.

(5) Multi-Initiators : Up to 128 adapters in a system.

(6) Multi-Boot : Eight targets/controller selectable through the Driver
configuration Protocol.

(7) Multi-LUNs : Up to 4096 LUNs/target for a volume set device.
Up to 256 LUNs/target for a peripheral device.

(8) Multi-Mode : Peripheral and Volume Set devices are supported.

(9) Multi-Utility : Setup and firmware update are supported.
Files included in this release:

EFI Byte Code Driver Images:

\311A3.txt this file you are reading
\DE311A3.PRG Lp8000 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\CE311A3.PRG Lp9000 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\HE311A3.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\QE311A3.PRG Lp850 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\HE311A3.PRG Lp9802 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\LE311A3.PRG Lp982 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\TE311A3.PRG Lp10000 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\ME311A3.PRG Lp1050 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\EE311A3.PRG Lp101 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\BE311A3.PRG Lp11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\JE311A3.PRG Lp1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\IE311A3.PRG Lp111 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\ZE311A3.PRG Lpe11000 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\WE311A3.PRG Lpe1150 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\YE311A3.PRG Lpe111 EFIBoot version 3.11a3
\ElxCli311a3.efi

***** Important Note ******

(1) EFIBoot was not enabled from loading to system memory:

If the adapter EFIBoot is not enabled from loading to system, this adapter
will not be configured. User must use LP6dutil or some other OS Utility to
enable the EFIBoot in order to make this card bootable.

(2) EFIBoot Bios was enabled to configure the adapter and No Link:

EFIBoot will wait for 15 seconds/adapter to confirm a link.

(3) If two or more adapters have same EFIBoot driver version, EFIBoot will
load only one driver.

(4) If there are adapters with different EFIBoot driver versions, EFIBoot
will load the highest version of the EFIBoot driver.

(5) In order to display Linkup speed, use the latest version of the firmware.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP952L Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP952L HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

40Kb

File Name

hb170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
B170A1.txt the file you are reading

SB170A1.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70A1
DB170A1.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70A1
CB170A1.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70A1
HB170A1.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70A1
TB170A1.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70A1

QB170A1.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70A1
RB170A1.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70A1
LB170A1.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70A1
MB170A1.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70A1
EB170A1.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70A1

Although a specific BIOS file for the LP6000 does not exist, all current
versions of BIOS will scan and process any LP6000 Adapters in the system.

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

27Kb

File Name

ho141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO141a4.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\DO141a4.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\CO141a4.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\HO141a4.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\TO141a4.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4

\SO141a4.img Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\DO141a4.img Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\CO141a4.img Lp9002 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\HO141a4.img Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\TO141a4.img Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free. (CR11852)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free. (CR11350 & CR11351)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode. (CR11538)

3. In some system, if the HBA was fail on the initialization by pulling
or remove the cable during boot time, the .properties command in the
ok prompt will display the wrong mode number of the HBA. The new
fixed will not show any model number of the HBA in this scenario. If
the system initize the HBA properly, it will display the correct
model number of the HBA. (CR9842)

4. Added the new instruction for using the alpa to set the boot id in
readme file. (CR9781)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9802 HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC BootBIOS

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version BIOS

1.70a1

Size BIOS

40Kb

File Name

hb170a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: Intel (32-bit) The current BIOS provides x86 boot capability through the use of INT13 system
BIOS calls. The BIOS supports:

(1) Multi-topology: Fabric Point to Point; FC-AL: Private loop and Public loop
(2) Multi-initiators: Up to 64 adapters in a system
(3) Multi-LUNs: Up to 256 LUNs
(4) Multi-boot: Complies with the BIOS Boot Specification (BBS).
(5) EDD (Enhanced Disk Drive Services): Supports both EDD 3.0 and EDD 2.1
depending selection in BIOS Utility.
(6) Boot fail over feature: There are eight boot entries that can be configured.
If the first boot entry fails the system is still able to boot from the
second configured boot entry and so on.
B170A1.txt the file you are reading

SB170A1.PRG Lp7000 BIOS version 1.70A1
DB170A1.PRG Lp8000 BIOS version 1.70A1
CB170A1.PRG Lp9000 BIOS version 1.70A1
HB170A1.PRG Lp9802 BIOS version 1.70A1
TB170A1.PRG Lp10000 BIOS version 1.70A1

QB170A1.PRG Lp850 BIOS version 1.70A1
RB170A1.PRG Lp950 BIOS version 1.70A1
LB170A1.PRG Lp982 BIOS version 1.70A1
MB170A1.PRG Lp1050 BIOS version 1.70A1
EB170A1.PRG Lp101 BIOS version 1.70A1

Although a specific BIOS file for the LP6000 does not exist, all current
versions of BIOS will scan and process any LP6000 Adapters in the system.

***** Important Note ******

(1) BIOS downloading

This version of BIOS image has increased size from 44K to 48K. As a result, it might
fail during the downloading of the BIOS .prg file. One way to correct the problem
is to download the firmware .AWC file WITHOUT the BIOS image
(for example: dd390a7.awc). Then, download the BIOS .prg file.
(2) BIOS was not activated (Enabled)

If the adapter BIOS is not activated (enabled) by LP6dutil or other O.S. utility,
this adapter would not be configured. Also, there is "No BIOS support" message next
to this adapter in BIOS Utility. User must use LP6dutil or other O.S. Utility to
activate (enabled) the BIOS in order to make this card bootable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC OpenBoot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

1.41a4

Size Driver

27Kb

File Name

ho141a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Platform: SPARC, AIX PowerPC This version of Open Boot supports FC-AL: Private loop and Public
loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators
and multi-LUNs (0 through 255).
\readme.txt This file you are reading

\SO141a4.PRG Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\DO141a4.PRG Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\CO141a4.PRG Lp9000 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\HO141a4.PRG Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4
\TO141a4.PRG Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4

\SO141a4.img Lp7000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\DO141a4.img Lp8000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\CO141a4.img Lp9002 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\HO141a4.img Lp9802 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
\TO141a4.img Lp10000 Open Firmware 1.41a4 for image file
--------------- NOTES and CAUTIONS ---------------------
** Ensure that critical files on local boot disk are backed up
as a measure of protection.

(1) This procedure assumes there is already a 'local' boot disk.

(2) The size of the intended (target) fibre channel disk should
be big enough to hold all the file systems, and swap slice
of the local current boot disk.

(3) As there will probably be more than one logical disk drive on
the fibre channel adapter it will be necessary to use persistent
binding ('nailing' a specific scsi id to a specific wwpn or did).

(4) It will be necessary to correlate the intended boot disk displayed
by the 'probe-scsi-all' command to the devices displayed by the
operating system.

----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A4 ------------------------

1. The "ct-req" info. was erased by adding the "memory erase" function
before "ct-req" dma-free in previous release which cause the fcode
fail to see the target in fabric mode, the new fixed is removed the
"memory erase" function from "ct-req" before the dma-free. (CR11852)
----------------------- NEW CHANGES 1.41A3 ------------------------

1. In some system server, during the DR, there is a WARNING message
with memory leaked issue. The new release corrected this issue by
adding additional memory erase functions to set to 0 all the previously
obtained dma memory before the fcode released out the dma and virtual
address mappings by dma-map-out and dma-free. (CR11350 & CR11351)

2. In the universal boot code, during the boot time, there is an
warning message "Warning: Fcode sequence resulted in a net stack
depth change of 1", the new release fixed issue by remove some
unnecessarily call function in the fcode. (CR11538)

3. In some system, if the HBA was fail on the initialization by pulling
or remove the cable during boot time, the .properties command in the
ok prompt will display the wrong mode number of the HBA. The new
fixed will not show any model number of the HBA in this scenario. If
the system initize the HBA properly, it will display the correct
model number of the HBA. (CR9842)

4. Added the new instruction for using the alpa to set the boot id in
readme file. (CR9781)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC Boot Code Update Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12000-M8 Universal Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

5.03a4

Size Driver

303Kb

File Name

uu503a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12000-M8 Boot Code User Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12002-M8 Universal Boot

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Version Driver

5.03a4

Size Driver

303Kb

File Name

uu503a4.zip

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive.
Contains: x86 BootBIOS 2.02a2, OpenBoot 3.10a3 and EFIBoot 4.00a1 This Universal Boot version 5.03a4 contains:

(1) x86 BootBIOS version 2.02a2
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
(3) EFIBoot version 4.00a1

For detailed information about x86 BootBIOS, please refer to section II below,
for OpenBoot, section III, and for EFIBoot, section IV. This Universal Boot can
boot on either Intel x86 Platform, Non-Intel Fcode, or EFI environment. In other
words, the platform is transparent and the user should not be concerned with any
differences with regard to x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot, or EFIBoot.

Universal Boot is a complete image, whenever it is enabled by any Emulex OS
utility, the whole image (x86 BootBIOS, OpenBoot and EFIBoot) is enabled. This
is also true for disable.
Files included in this release:

\503a4.txt this file you are reading
\HU503a4.PRG LP9802 Universal Boot
\TU503a4.PRG LP10000 Universal Boot
\BU503a4.PRG LP11000 Universal Boot
\ZU503a4.PRG LPe11000 Universal Boot
\UU503a4.PRG LPe12000 Universal Boot
\AU503a4.PRG LP21000 Universal Boot
\elxcli400a1.efi EFI 4.00a1 Driver
Universal Boot Load Procedure

The Light Pulse Universal Boot is distributed as a .PRG file. This file may be
downloaded to the Adapter using the firmware upgrade procedure with the following
Utility in Various systems.

1. "Drvcfg" : EFI based Systems.

Please refer to section 4 in EFIBoot for user interface how to download
Universal Boot in EFI based systems.

2. LP6DUTIL.EXE : DOS based utility.

Please refer to the LP6DUTIL version 9.0a13, or later, documentation for user
interface how to download EFIBoot in DOS PCI systems.

3. LPUTILNT : Windows Miniport Driver.

Please refer to the utility user manual for details on using the above tool.

4. Emulex Configuration Tool : Windows Port Driver.

Please refer to the elxcfg user manual for details on using the above tool.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12002-M8 Boot Code User Manual

Operating Systems

Boot Code

Size Manual

4.9Mb

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers.
Boot Code works with the existing BIOS on supported systems and allows the system to boot from a connected Fibre Channel drive. Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12002-M8 Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.11a5

Size Firmware

249Kb

File Name

ud111a5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Release Notes

Date: March 2009

Product: Emulex(R) LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs

Version: 1.11a5 Firmware

This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.

New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.

Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.

2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.

3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.

4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.

5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.

6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.

7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.

8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.

9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.

10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.

11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.

12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).

13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.

14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.

15. The Init_BBC field in READ_CONFIG is now initialized prior to INIT_LINK.

16. The firmware now checks the frame type and process it accordingly.

17. An out-of-credit situation in auto topology now results in LR -- LRR -- idles instead of LR -- LRR – OLS idles.

18. The code name for an abort-handling routine return was renamed.

19. A BA_ACC frame response to an ABTS frame will now be sent on a new sequence ID with a sequence count of zero.

20. Retrying user data DMAs is now avoided in all cases.

21. Link negotiation has been improved when a receiver speed is changed.

22. A transmit hang on that occurs on a Fibre Channel link while running mixed Class 2 and Class 3 traffic has been fixed.

23. A spurious XRI_ABORTED_CX is no longer returned to the SLI Host when a link-down occurs during RRQ processing for an exchange.

24. A potential transmit hang on a Fibre Channel link was corrected.

25. Under certain error conditions, a documented error status for the REG_VPI mailbox command is now provided.

26. An exchange resource issue, which could occur when an aborted exchange was revived while the port was set to use the SLI-3 synchronous abort handling feature, was fixed.

27. An ABTS that previously would have been ignored is now handled the by firmware.

28. The default Rate Select output is now 8 Gb/s.

29. The correct SFP type is now returned.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12002-M8 Firmware Release Notes

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

33Kb

File Name

fw_release_notes.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Release Notes
Date: March 2009
Product: Emulex® LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs
Version: 1.11a5 Firmware
This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.
Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.
2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.
3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.
4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.
5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.
6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.
7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.
8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.
9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.
10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.
11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.
12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).
13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.
14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12002-M8 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.91a1

Size Firmware

332Kb

File Name

hf191a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9802DC PCI host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

HF191A1.ALL All firmware components, no boot

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a4

Several files, such as the .DWC file and .CFL files, have been
eliminated from this kit in order to simplify the update process and
ensure correct operation of the updated HBA.
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a1 and 1.91a0:

Corrected an uninitialized variable in the Linux key check. (CR 14533)

Changed XRI buffer return behavior so that buffers are normally
returned without error in cases where the exchange has completed.
(CR 13413)

Improved handling of stale frames from completed exchanges so they
can no longer affect new exchanges. (CR 14479)

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a0 and 1.90a4:

Ensure that resynch happens after link down. This remedies a problem
encountered only when connecting test equipment to the HBA. (CR 10135,
13634, 14443)

Ensure that we have at least one credit when doing REG LOGIN to
fabric port. (CR 12460, 12466, 14357)

Response to an unsolicited IP broadcast frame was corrected to comply
with FC spec. (CR 11019, 14596)

Interrupt handling of a PCI abort has been corrected so that the rare
out-of-order interrupt is no longer regarded as a cause for resetting
the HBA. (CR 11169, 13635, 14052, 14449)

Improved response and handling of Expansion ROM access requests
to enhance and ensure correct operation.
(CR 11170, 12155, 12354, 14361)

Allow use of a revised FLASH memory chip [Intel J3 rev C].
(CR 12213, 13078, 14451)

Ensure that no frames waiting for resources are accidentally released
on to the link when killing exchanges. (CR 12183, 13630, 14591, 14447)

Corrected a problem where the download of corrupted firmware would
return the proper error, but refuse any further commands.
(CR 13241, 14584)

Improved handling of the RESET_RING command to completely initialize
the ring and no longer return an unnecessary response.
(CR 13325, 13631, 13632, 13374, 14446, 14450, 14589)

Improved response to give priority to outstanding ACKs when in
target mode under heavy load. (CR 13327, 13633, 14445)

Added code to correctly process and count error counter overflows.
(CR 13328, 13629, 14444)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.90x5

Size Firmware

2.4Mb

File Name

oem_x_190x5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12000-M8 Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.11a5

Size Firmware

249Kb

File Name

ud111a5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Release Notes

Date: March 2009

Product: Emulex(R) LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs

Version: 1.11a5 Firmware

This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.

New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.

Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.

2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.

3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.

4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.

5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.

6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.

7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.

8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.

9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.

10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.

11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.

12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).

13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.

14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.

15. The Init_BBC field in READ_CONFIG is now initialized prior to INIT_LINK.

16. The firmware now checks the frame type and process it accordingly.

17. An out-of-credit situation in auto topology now results in LR -- LRR -- idles instead of LR -- LRR – OLS idles.

18. The code name for an abort-handling routine return was renamed.

19. A BA_ACC frame response to an ABTS frame will now be sent on a new sequence ID with a sequence count of zero.

20. Retrying user data DMAs is now avoided in all cases.

21. Link negotiation has been improved when a receiver speed is changed.

22. A transmit hang on that occurs on a Fibre Channel link while running mixed Class 2 and Class 3 traffic has been fixed.

23. A spurious XRI_ABORTED_CX is no longer returned to the SLI Host when a link-down occurs during RRQ processing for an exchange.

24. A potential transmit hang on a Fibre Channel link was corrected.

25. Under certain error conditions, a documented error status for the REG_VPI mailbox command is now provided.

26. An exchange resource issue, which could occur when an aborted exchange was revived while the port was set to use the SLI-3 synchronous abort handling feature, was fixed.

27. An ABTS that previously would have been ignored is now handled the by firmware.

28. The default Rate Select output is now 8 Gb/s.

29. The correct SFP type is now returned.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12000-M8 Firmware Release Notes

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

33Kb

File Name

fw_release_notes.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Release Notes
Date: March 2009
Product: Emulex® LightPulse LPe12002, LPe12000 and LPe1250 HBAs
Version: 1.11a5 Firmware
This document describes the known issues associated with this firmware build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in Firmware Version 1.11a5
There are no new features in this release.
Resolved Issues Since Firmware Version 1.10a5
1. The FC-Tape firmware functionality has been enhanced.
2. The host pointer in SLIM (HPS) support has been added for SLI-2.
3. ASIC power management has been enhanced.
4. The firmware no longer restores SERR and PERR after reset when appropriate, which had an impact on certain OS operations.
5. The configuration region base address in the dump table has been corrected.
6. Intermittent PCIe link training failures which can cause an adapter to remain Reset with all LEDs OFF following a Power Cycle or Warm System Reboot have been fixed.
7. The mouse cursor no longer hangs when the Diagnostic tab in the HBAnyware® application is selected.
8. The firmware no longer incorrectly aborts an FCP_IWRITE command when XFR_RDY suppression is on and the size specified in IOCB word 5 is larger than actual data transfer size.
9. The firmware no longer sends ABTS if the exchange has not sent out the first frame of the first sequence.
10. A kernel stack error in the EEPROM test has been corrected.
11. Unnecessary debug routines were removed.
12. The firmware now correctly sets 'TSI' when the initial transfer length of an FCP_IWRITE command is non-zero (no XFER-READY mode).
13. A potential hang caused by a mailbox timeout has been fixed.
14. For directly connected HBAs, the link now properly responds to multiple sequence aborts.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12000-M8 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP952L Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2

Size Firmware

1Mb

File Name

rf392a2.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP952L HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP952 series of PCI host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
B170A1.TXT Release notes for x86 BootBIOS

RFB392A2.DWC Firmware with BootBIOS
RFB392A2.AWC Firmware with loader and BootBIOS
RF392A2.DWC Firmware with no boot code
RF392A2.AWC Firmware with loader, no boot code
/prg_kit/*.* The individual SLI, boot, loader, and config files
which can be used to create the firmware above

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based HBA diagnostic utility 9.2a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.2a4
Changes and Corrections:

Added or refined features as per customer requests. (CR 8636, 8663,
9182, 8080, 8082, 9811, 9864, 10120, 10574)

Several symptoms, ranging from I/O errors to HBA hang, were caused by
the power management reset process and Solaris "Dynamic Reconfiguration"
process, both of which required a change in the HBA to assure that the
PCI configuration was ready within a very short time after HBA reset.
(CR 5204, 6941, 6961, 7097, 8634, 8635, 8637, 8638, 9398, 10212)

Enabled use of LP952 with Open Source Linux 2.01 and newer.
(CR 9362)

Corrected an incorrect response to an RRQ timeout. ABTS is now sent
if the RRQ to the host times out. (CR 10119, 9364)

When several commands were issued to the HBA and then one was aborted,
the firmware would occasionally not throw away all the frames for the
aborted exchange. The result was that the HBA would stop transmitting
R-RDY and no further credit would be issued. The rare instance in which
this could happen has been corrected. (CR 9393)

A rare condition where an incorrect IOCB could be returned to the host
if the exchange is aborted before the buffer list has been queued by the
host has been corrected. (CR 10117, 10058)

WWN upon receipt of a fiber login is now validated to avoid a problem
where the switch tries to access the HBA as a G-port,
(CR 10229, 10568, 10569)

FCP recovery has been improved by including the proper reason codes
for tapes. (CR 10173, 10575, 9530)

A switch login problem in point-to-point-only mode with certain
transceivers has been corrected. (CR 9406)

A CLOSE in point-to-point mode is no longer ignored. This corrects a
deadlock problem in OldPort mode when connecting to a switch.
(CR 9438)

A rare instance where the wrong exchange is aborted could eventually
cause the IO_TAG to be reused. The problem has been corrected by
matching the abort to the correct exchange by validating the IO_TAG.
(CR 10118, 9809)

Development, desk checks and source code review found possible problems
that had no reported instances of failure.
(CR 11625, 10122, 8763, 8791, 9394)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP952L Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP952L HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.91a1

Size Firmware

332Kb

File Name

hd191a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802 HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9802 PCI host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

HD191A1.ALL All firmware components, no boot

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a4

Several files, such as the .DWC file and .CFL files, have been
eliminated from this kit in order to simplify the update process and
ensure correct operation of the updated HBA.
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a1 and 1.91a0:

Corrected an uninitialized variable in the Linux key check. (CR 14533)

Changed XRI buffer return behavior so that buffers are normally
returned without error in cases where the exchange has completed.
(CR 13413)

Improved handling of stale frames from completed exchanges so they
can no longer affect new exchanges. (CR 14479)
-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a0 and 1.90a4:

Ensure that resynch happens after link down. This remedies a problem
encountered only when connecting test equipment to the HBA. (CR 10135,
13634, 14443)

Ensure that we have at least one credit when doing REG LOGIN to
fabric port. (CR 12460, 12466, 14357)

Response to an unsolicited IP broadcast frame was corrected to comply
with FC spec. (CR 11019, 14596)

Interrupt handling of a PCI abort has been corrected so that the rare
out-of-order interrupt is no longer regarded as a cause for resetting
the HBA. (CR 11169, 13635, 14052, 14449)

Improved response and handling of Expansion ROM access requests
to enhance and ensure correct operation.
(CR 11170, 12155, 12354, 14361)

Allow use of a revised FLASH memory chip [Intel J3 rev C].
(CR 12213, 13078, 14451)

Ensure that no frames waiting for resources are accidentally released
on to the link when killing exchanges. (CR 12183, 13630, 14591, 14447)

Corrected a problem where the download of corrupted firmware would
return the proper error, but refuse any further commands.
(CR 13241, 14584)

Improved handling of the RESET_RING command to completely initialize
the ring and no longer return an unnecessary response.
(CR 13325, 13631, 13632, 13374, 14446, 14450, 14589)

Improved response to give priority to outstanding ACKs when in
target mode under heavy load. (CR 13327, 13633, 14445)

Added code to correctly process and count error counter overflows.
(CR 13328, 13629, 14444)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.90x5

Size Firmware

2.4Mb

File Name

oem_x_190x5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9802 HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9802 HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.93a0

Size Firmware

579Kb

File Name

cd393a0.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2

Size Firmware

1.1Mb

File Name

cd392a2.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.93a0

Size Firmware

579Kb

File Name

cd393a0.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2

Size Firmware

1.1Mb

File Name

cd392a2.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.93a0 zip

Size Firmware

187Kb

File Name

rf393a0s.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9002S series of SBus host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
RF393A0.AWC Firmware files with POST and loader
Changes and Corrections:

Corrected response in a RCV_SEQ_LIST64 IOCB. (CR 11220)

Ensure that there is at least one credit when doing REG LOGIN to
fabric port. (CR 12460, 12466, 14357)

Parity errors due to loop init received during speed negotiation
are now processed properly. (CR 13463, 14239, 14241)

Corrected a problem where the download of corrupted firmware would
return the proper error, but refuse any further commands.
(CR 13241, 14584)

Improved handling of the RESET_RING command to completely initialize
the ring and no longer return an unnecessary response.
(CR 13325, 13631, 13632, 13374, 14446, 14450, 14589)

Ensure that no frames waiting for resources are accidentally released
on to the link when killing exchanges.
(CR 12183, 13630, 14591, 14447)

Invalid exchange handling was improved by not issuing an error when
buffers are returned for use. (CR 13413, 14593)

Added code to correctly process and count error counter overflows.
(CR 13328, 13629, 14444, 14594)

Receiving a LIP while loop master and while waiting for LIHA will no
longer cause a timeout. (CR 13636, 13638, 14448, 14595)

Response to an unsolicited IP broadcast frame was corrected to comply
with FC spec. (CR 11019, 14596)

Corrected a dropped IWRITE command when using discontinuous buffer
descriptor entries (BDEs). (CR 10342, 10447, 14597)

Allow use of a different FLASH memory chip [AM29LV160DB].
(CR 14599, 13059, 12545)

An uninitialized value (usually zero) was being returned for the ED_TOV
value when a default value of 10 was actually being used by the
firmware. The reported value is now correctly intialized to 10.
(CR 14108, 14603)

Corrected the reason and explanation codes given to the tape drive
in an LS_RJT response to REC ELS. This allows a Solaris host to
retry the command. (CR 10121, 9489)

Development, desk checks and source code review found possible problems
that had no reported instances of failure.
(CR 14066, 14359, 13393, 14586, 14115, 14602, 11934, 14604, 11933,
14605, 11932, 14606, 11931, 14607, 14751)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.93a0 tar

Size Firmware

1Mb

File Name

rt392a2s.tar

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9002S series of SBus host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
RF392A2.DWC Firmware files for the HBA
RF392A2.AWC Firmware files with POST and loader
/prg_kit/*.* The individual files which can be used
to create the firmware files above
Changes and Corrections:

Added or refined features as per customer requests. (CR 8636, 8663,
9182, 8080, 8082, 9811, 9864, 10120, 10574)

Several symptoms, ranging from I/O errors to HBA hang, were caused by
the power management reset process and Solaris "Dynamic Reconfiguration"
process, both of which required a change in the HBA to assure that the
PCI configuration was ready within a very short time after HBA reset.
(CR 5204, 6941, 6961, 7097, 8634, 8635, 8637, 8638, 9398, 10212)

Corrected an incorrect response to an RRQ timeout. ABTS is now sent
if the RRQ to the host times out. (CR 10119, 9364)

When several commands were issued to the HBA and then one was aborted,
the firmware would occasionally not throw away all the frames for the
aborted exchange. The result was that the HBA would stop transmitting
R-RDY and no further credit would be issued. The rare instance in which
this could happen has been corrected. (CR 9393)

A rare condition where an incorrect IOCB could be returned to the host
if the exchange is aborted before the buffer list has been queued by the
host has been corrected. (CR 10117, 10058)

WWN upon receipt of a fiber login is now validated to avoid a problem
where the switch tries to access the HBA as a G-port,
(CR 10229, 10568, 10569)

FCP recovery has been improved by including the proper reason codes
for tapes. (CR 10173, 10575, 9530)

A switch login problem in point-to-point-only mode with certain
transceivers has been corrected. (CR 9406)

A CLOSE in point-to-point mode is no longer ignored. This corrects a
deadlock problem in OldPort mode when connecting to a switch.
(CR 9438)

A rare instance where the wrong exchange is aborted could eventually
cause the IO_TAG to be reused. The problem has been corrected by
matching the abort to the correct exchange by validating the IO_TAG.
(CR 10118, 9809)

Development, desk checks and source code review found possible problems
that had no reported instances of failure.
(CR 11625, 10122, 8763, 8791, 9394)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Previous Release

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2 zip

Size Firmware

535Kb

File Name

rf392a2s.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9002S series of SBus host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
RF392A2.DWC Firmware files for the HBA
RF392A2.AWC Firmware files with POST and loader
/prg_kit/*.* The individual files which can be used
to create the firmware files above
Changes and Corrections:

Added or refined features as per customer requests. (CR 8636, 8663,
9182, 8080, 8082, 9811, 9864, 10120, 10574)

Several symptoms, ranging from I/O errors to HBA hang, were caused by
the power management reset process and Solaris "Dynamic Reconfiguration"
process, both of which required a change in the HBA to assure that the
PCI configuration was ready within a very short time after HBA reset.
(CR 5204, 6941, 6961, 7097, 8634, 8635, 8637, 8638, 9398, 10212)

Corrected an incorrect response to an RRQ timeout. ABTS is now sent
if the RRQ to the host times out. (CR 10119, 9364)

When several commands were issued to the HBA and then one was aborted,
the firmware would occasionally not throw away all the frames for the
aborted exchange. The result was that the HBA would stop transmitting
R-RDY and no further credit would be issued. The rare instance in which
this could happen has been corrected. (CR 9393)

A rare condition where an incorrect IOCB could be returned to the host
if the exchange is aborted before the buffer list has been queued by the
host has been corrected. (CR 10117, 10058)

WWN upon receipt of a fiber login is now validated to avoid a problem
where the switch tries to access the HBA as a G-port,
(CR 10229, 10568, 10569)

FCP recovery has been improved by including the proper reason codes
for tapes. (CR 10173, 10575, 9530)

A switch login problem in point-to-point-only mode with certain
transceivers has been corrected. (CR 9406)

A CLOSE in point-to-point mode is no longer ignored. This corrects a
deadlock problem in OldPort mode when connecting to a switch.
(CR 9438)

A rare instance where the wrong exchange is aborted could eventually
cause the IO_TAG to be reused. The problem has been corrected by
matching the abort to the correct exchange by validating the IO_TAG.
(CR 10118, 9809)

Development, desk checks and source code review found possible problems
that had no reported instances of failure.
(CR 11625, 10122, 8763, 8791, 9394)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Previous Release

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2 tar

Size Firmware

1Mb

File Name

rt392a2s.tar

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP9002S series of SBus host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
RF392A2.DWC Firmware files for the HBA
RF392A2.AWC Firmware files with POST and loader
/prg_kit/*.* The individual files which can be used
to create the firmware files above
Changes and Corrections:

Added or refined features as per customer requests. (CR 8636, 8663,
9182, 8080, 8082, 9811, 9864, 10120, 10574)

Several symptoms, ranging from I/O errors to HBA hang, were caused by
the power management reset process and Solaris "Dynamic Reconfiguration"
process, both of which required a change in the HBA to assure that the
PCI configuration was ready within a very short time after HBA reset.
(CR 5204, 6941, 6961, 7097, 8634, 8635, 8637, 8638, 9398, 10212)

Corrected an incorrect response to an RRQ timeout. ABTS is now sent
if the RRQ to the host times out. (CR 10119, 9364)

When several commands were issued to the HBA and then one was aborted,
the firmware would occasionally not throw away all the frames for the
aborted exchange. The result was that the HBA would stop transmitting
R-RDY and no further credit would be issued. The rare instance in which
this could happen has been corrected. (CR 9393)

A rare condition where an incorrect IOCB could be returned to the host
if the exchange is aborted before the buffer list has been queued by the
host has been corrected. (CR 10117, 10058)

WWN upon receipt of a fiber login is now validated to avoid a problem
where the switch tries to access the HBA as a G-port,
(CR 10229, 10568, 10569)

FCP recovery has been improved by including the proper reason codes
for tapes. (CR 10173, 10575, 9530)

A switch login problem in point-to-point-only mode with certain
transceivers has been corrected. (CR 9406)

A CLOSE in point-to-point mode is no longer ignored. This corrects a
deadlock problem in OldPort mode when connecting to a switch.
(CR 9438)

A rare instance where the wrong exchange is aborted could eventually
cause the IO_TAG to be reused. The problem has been corrected by
matching the abort to the correct exchange by validating the IO_TAG.
(CR 10118, 9809)

Development, desk checks and source code review found possible problems
that had no reported instances of failure.
(CR 11625, 10122, 8763, 8791, 9394)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

231Kb

File Name

setsbus.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA Download Manual
Version 3.92a2
Table of Contents
New Features in This Release
Compatibility
Prerequisites
Cautions and Warnings
Things to Know Before You Download
Known Issues
Files Included in This Release
Update Firmware Version 3.92a2
Solaris (SBus) Procedure
Table of Contents
Introduction
Firmware File Types
Update Firmware

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002C Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.93a0

Size Firmware

579Kb

File Name

cd393a0.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002C HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002C Previous Release

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2

Size Firmware

1.1Mb

File Name

cd392a2.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002C HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002C Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002C HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.93a0

Size Firmware

579Kb

File Name

cd393a0.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2

Size Firmware

1.1Mb

File Name

cd392a2.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.93a0

Size Firmware

570Kb

File Name

dd393a0.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA Compatibility:

This software kit supports the following PCI host adapters:

LP8000 LP8000DC

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
C500A5.TXT Combination Boot release notes

DDC393A0.AWC Firmware with loader and Combination Boot
DD393A0.AWC Firmware with loader, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based HBA diagnostic utility 9.3a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a4
Changes and Corrections:
Corrected response in a RCV_SEQ_LIST64 IOCB. (CR 11220)

Ensure that there is at least one credit when doing REG LOGIN to
fabric port. (CR 12460, 12466, 14357)

Parity errors due to loop init received during speed negotiation
are now processed properly. (CR 13463, 14239, 14241)

Corrected a problem where the download of corrupted firmware would
return the proper error, but refuse any further commands.
(CR 13241, 14584)

Improved handling of the RESET_RING command to completely initialize
the ring and no longer return an unnecessary response.
(CR 13325, 13631, 13632, 13374, 14446, 14450, 14589)

Ensure that no frames waiting for resources are accidentally released
on to the link when killing exchanges.
(CR 12183, 13630, 14591, 14447)

Invalid exchange handling was improved by not issuing an error when
buffers are returned for use. (CR 13413, 14593)

Added code to correctly process and count error counter overflows.
(CR 13328, 13629, 14444, 14594)

Receiving a LIP while loop master and while waiting for LIHA will no
longer cause a timeout. (CR 13636, 13638, 14448, 14595)

Response to an unsolicited IP broadcast frame was corrected to comply
with FC spec. (CR 11019, 14596)

Corrected a dropped IWRITE command when using discontinuous buffer
descriptor entries (BDEs). (CR 10342, 10447, 14597)

Allow use of a different FLASH memory chip [AM29LV160DB].
(CR 14599, 13059, 12545)

An uninitialized value (usually zero) was being returned for the ED_TOV
value when a default value of 10 was actually being used by the
firmware. The reported value is now correctly intialized to 10.
(CR 14108, 14603)

Corrected the reason and explanation codes given to the tape drive
in an LS_RJT response to REC ELS. This allows a Solaris host to
retry the command. (CR 10121, 9489)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.92a2

Size Firmware

1.1Mb

File Name

dd392a2.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA Compatibility:

This software kit supports the following PCI host adapters:

LP8000 LP8000DC

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
C322a0.TXT Combination Boot release notes
B170A1.TXT BootBIOS release notes
O141A2.TXT OpenBoot release notes

DDC392A2.DWC Firmware with Combination Boot
DDC392A2.AWC Firmware with loader and Combination Boot
DD392A2.DWC Firmware with no boot code
DD392A2.AWC Firmware with loader, no boot code
/prg_kit/*.* The individual SLI, boot, loader, and config files
which can be used to create the firmware above

DEV_ID.TXT Information on setting PCI ID values
DFPLUS1.CFL Configuration file to allow PCI ID = F801
FDEFAULT.CFL Configuration file to allow PCI ID = 1AE5
DDEFAULT.CFL Configuration file for restoring PCI ID to default

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based HBA diagnostic utility 9.2a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.2a4
Changes and Corrections:

Added or refined features as per customer requests. (CR 8636, 8663,
9182, 8080, 8082, 9811, 9864, 10120, 10574)

Several symptoms, ranging from I/O errors to HBA hang, were caused by
the power management reset process and Solaris "Dynamic Reconfiguration"
process, both of which required a change in the HBA to assure that the
PCI configuration was ready within a very short time after HBA reset.
(CR 5204, 6941, 6961, 7097, 8634, 8635, 8637, 8638, 9398, 10212)

Enabled use of LP952 with Open Source Linux 2.01 and newer.
(CR 9362)

Corrected an incorrect response to an RRQ timeout. ABTS is now sent
if the RRQ to the host times out. (CR 10119, 9364)

When several commands were issued to the HBA and then one was aborted,
the firmware would occasionally not throw away all the frames for the
aborted exchange. The result was that the HBA would stop transmitting
R-RDY and no further credit would be issued. The rare instance in which
this could happen has been corrected. (CR 9393)

A rare condition where an incorrect IOCB could be returned to the host
if the exchange is aborted before the buffer list has been queued by the
host has been corrected. (CR 10117, 10058)

WWN upon receipt of a fiber login is now validated to avoid a problem
where the switch tries to access the HBA as a G-port,
(CR 10229, 10568, 10569)

FCP recovery has been improved by including the proper reason codes
for tapes. (CR 10173, 10575, 9530)

A switch login problem in point-to-point-only mode with certain
transceivers has been corrected. (CR 9406)

A CLOSE in point-to-point mode is no longer ignored. This corrects a
deadlock problem in OldPort mode when connecting to a switch.
(CR 9438)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.90a7 zip

Size Firmware

489Kb

File Name

qs390a7s.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP8000S HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP8000S series of SBus host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
QS390a7.DWC Firmware files for the HBA
QS390a7.AWC Firmware files with POST and loader
/prg_kit/*.* The individual files which can be used to
create the firmware above
Changes and Corrections:

Inactive exchange control blocks now have their X_ID obscured to insure
that they will not affect active exchanges.
(CR 3916, 3917, 3653, 3656)

Adapter firmware invalidly resets the sequence flags on an S_ID mismatch.
This was found only under very heavy load, in extreme circumstances,
in target mode. This has been fixed.
(CR 3792, 3791)

Improved operation of E_D_TOV timer when closing exchange.
(CR 3794, 3793)

Corrected self-test problem reporting wrong internal test number.
(CR 3788, 3803)

Improved wake-up failure reporting capability. Added the ability to
read the additional wake-up errors from SLIM memory. (CR 3804, 3807)

Due to the length of time required to close out an aborted exchange with
a remote port which is not responding, the "early abort notification" is
now forced into the active state for timed-out commands. (CR 3853, 3854)

Solved a timeout problem when switching from LOOP to P2P when connected
to a switch port. (CR 3806, 3856)

A data transfer which completed after the link went down was
incorrectly flagged as an internal BIU error. Fixed. (CR 3616, 3478)

Corrected response to READ_LA mailbox command so that valid current and
link down state information is returned. (CR 3630, 3635)

A method of detecting and correcting a single-bit FLASH error was added
for the 128K FLASH boot sector. This addresses all known instances of
charge migration in the FLASH. (CR 3709, 3710)

Allocated four extra buffers for FICON performance enhancement.
(CR 3629, 3632)

Corrected problem with reviving expired exchange during ABTS processing.
(CR 3631, 3636)

Changed SLI Target to operate as a PLDA type device in order to
achieve better resiliency in target mode. (CR 3493, 3494)

Improved FICON exchange handling to avoid filling the response ring in a
custom driver during heavy I/O. (CR 3393, 2725)

During research on a different problem, an analyzer trace showed that
the adapter was replying to TEST and ESTC frames. This was corrected
to issue no reply and to ignore the frames. (CR 3394, 2898)

Adapter firmware ignored ABTX ELS command and did not respond to the host.
Fixed by issuing LS_RJT (link service reject) in response. (CR 3521, 3533)

An issue where a boot failed due to a fast BIOS ROM read request timeout
of a particular model of host computer was fixed by speeding up the
self-test in the firmware. (CR 3397, 3534, 3495)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.90a7 tar

Size Firmware

1Mb

File Name

qs390a7s.tar

Information

IBM Branded LP8000S HBA Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP8000S series of SBus host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading
QS390a7.DWC Firmware files for the HBA
QS390a7.AWC Firmware files with POST and loader
/prg_kit/*.* The individual files which can be used to
create the firmware above
Changes and Corrections:

Inactive exchange control blocks now have their X_ID obscured to insure
that they will not affect active exchanges.
(CR 3916, 3917, 3653, 3656)

Adapter firmware invalidly resets the sequence flags on an S_ID mismatch.
This was found only under very heavy load, in extreme circumstances,
in target mode. This has been fixed.
(CR 3792, 3791)

Improved operation of E_D_TOV timer when closing exchange.
(CR 3794, 3793)

Corrected self-test problem reporting wrong internal test number.
(CR 3788, 3803)

Improved wake-up failure reporting capability. Added the ability to
read the additional wake-up errors from SLIM memory. (CR 3804, 3807)

Due to the length of time required to close out an aborted exchange with
a remote port which is not responding, the "early abort notification" is
now forced into the active state for timed-out commands. (CR 3853, 3854)

Solved a timeout problem when switching from LOOP to P2P when connected
to a switch port. (CR 3806, 3856)

A data transfer which completed after the link went down was
incorrectly flagged as an internal BIU error. Fixed. (CR 3616, 3478)

Corrected response to READ_LA mailbox command so that valid current and
link down state information is returned. (CR 3630, 3635)

A method of detecting and correcting a single-bit FLASH error was added
for the 128K FLASH boot sector. This addresses all known instances of
charge migration in the FLASH. (CR 3709, 3710)

Allocated four extra buffers for FICON performance enhancement.
(CR 3629, 3632)

Corrected problem with reviving expired exchange during ABTS processing.
(CR 3631, 3636)

Changed SLI Target to operate as a PLDA type device in order to
achieve better resiliency in target mode. (CR 3493, 3494)

Improved FICON exchange handling to avoid filling the response ring in a
custom driver during heavy I/O. (CR 3393, 2725)

During research on a different problem, an analyzer trace showed that
the adapter was replying to TEST and ESTC frames. This was corrected
to issue no reply and to ignore the frames. (CR 3394, 2898)

Adapter firmware ignored ABTX ELS command and did not respond to the host.
Fixed by issuing LS_RJT (link service reject) in response. (CR 3521, 3533)

An issue where a boot failed due to a fast BIOS ROM read request timeout
of a particular model of host computer was fixed by speeding up the
self-test in the firmware. (CR 3397, 3534, 3495)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP8000S HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP7000E Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

3.22a1

Size Firmware

1011Kb

File Name

sf322a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP7000E HBA Supported Products:

This software kit supports the following PCI host adapters:

LP7000 LP7000E

This kit includes the following files. Those marked with a "plus"
sign (+) are available from the Emulex website.

README.TXT The file you are reading
C301REL.TXT Combination Intel-Boot and Open-Boot release notes

SFC322a1.DWC Firmware files for the HBA, with boot BIOS
SFC322a1.AWC + Firmware files with loader and boot BIOS
SF322a1.* + Firmware files without boot BIOS
/prg_kit/*.* The individual SLI, BIOS, POST, and Config files
which can be used to create the firmware above

LP6DUTIL.TXT LP6DUTIL text-based software manual
LP6DUTIL.EXE LP6000/7000/8xxx/9xxx DOS-based diagnostic 8.7a5

DEV_ID.* Info and utilities for setting unique PCI ID values
SFPLUS1.CFL Configuration file to allow PCI ID = F801
FDEFAULT.CFL Configuration file to allow PCI ID = 1AE5
SDEFAULT.CFL Configuration file for restoring PCI ID to default
New Features and Enhancements:
(Note: New features may require the driver, the operating system,
or other levels of software to be compatible, and as a result some
of these features may not be available on all configurations.)

None at this time.
Bug Fixes: The following issues were fixed in this release.

Issues that resulted in the link being dropped or not
coming up properly were fixed. (CRs 3471, 3472)

Data could be sent after link down if using custom drivers. Fixed.
(CR 3472)

Problem with recognizing proper DID addresses when the cable
was changed to a different switch domain has been fixed. (CR 3474)

A method of recovery (FCP-2 in class 2) is not yet supported by
any current targets. This has been disabled at this time.
(CR 3476)
Known Issues:

The following issues have been reported at the time of publication.
These issues may not yet have been verified or confirmed and may
apply to another product, such as the driver or hardware.

None at this time.
Notes and Cautions:

If you use LP6DUTIL to upgrade firmware in your HBA, you must use
version v8.3 or greater. The latest version of LP6DUTIL is
included in this kit.

This firmware uses the Combination BOOT system, which is disabled
by default. When enabled, it will determine whether the traditional
boot method or the Open Boot method is used, and will configure
itself accordingly.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP7000E Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP7000E HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Firmware LP11000

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

2.10a9

Size Firmware

335Kb

File Name

bd210a9.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a9 and 2.10a8:

Changed DMA engine to quiesce and shutdown so that a channel reset on one
channel does not affect operations of the other channel.
(CR 18627, 18919, 18927, 19089, 18921, 19090)

Corrected UART interrupt handling to eliminate chance of channel lock up
on first POST after flash is programmed. (CR 18621, 19083)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)
-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a8 and 2.10a7:

Improved handling of unexpected link events after a DownLink command by
returning to a non-active state after the command is processed.
(CR 17081, 17577, 17606, 18281)

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18307)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

The maximum IOCB value reported by read_config now reports the correct
number of buffers in the pool. (CR 18223, 18289, 18290, 18348)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Loopback operation has been changed so that loopback activity is not
transmitted to the link. (CR 18311, 18315, 17776, 18301, 18302, 18395)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330, 18332,
18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)

Correct address values are now returned in Dump Table data.
(CR 18313, 18337, 18338)

The transmit queue is now restarted after ACK handling to avoid a
transmit hang in Class 2. (CR 18362, 18363, 18364)

Added support for Blade product. (CR 18380, 17874)

Removed toggle of transmitter during speed negotiation to avoid going
into loopback mode. (CR 18012, 18305, 18392, 17875)

Debounced cable pull indication to allow compatability with a wider
choice of SFP types. (CR 16383, 18304, 18396)

Added custom features or configurations as per customer request.
(CR 17479, 17482, 17684, 17688, 17381, 18339, 18340, 18350, 18368,
18370, 18371, 19073, 16069, 18282, 18285, 18344)

Development, desk checks and source code review found possible problems
that had no reported instances of failure. (CR 16339, 17787, 17920,
18283, 18286, 18345, 17650, 18294, 18295, 18296, 17650, 18294, 18295,
12042, 18297, 18298, 11936, 18299, 18300, 18336, 18365, 18308, 18309,
18397)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Firmware LP11002

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

2.10a9

Size Firmware

335Kb

File Name

bf210a9.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP11002 PCI host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

BF210A9.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a6
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a6
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a9 and 2.10a8:

Changed DMA engine to quiesce and shutdown so that a channel reset on one
channel does not affect operations of the other channel.
(CR 18627, 18919, 18927, 19089, 18921, 19090)

Corrected UART interrupt handling to eliminate chance of channel lock up
on first POST after flash is programmed. (CR 18621, 19083)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)
-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a8 and 2.10a7:

Improved handling of unexpected link events after a DownLink command by
returning to a non-active state after the command is processed.
(CR 17081, 17577, 17606, 18281)

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18307)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

The maximum IOCB value reported by read_config now reports the correct
number of buffers in the pool. (CR 18223, 18289, 18290, 18348)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Loopback operation has been changed so that loopback activity is not
transmitted to the link. (CR 18311, 18315, 17776, 18301, 18302, 18395)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330, 18332,
18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)

Correct address values are now returned in Dump Table data.
(CR 18313, 18337, 18338)

The transmit queue is now restarted after ACK handling to avoid a
transmit hang in Class 2. (CR 18362, 18363, 18364)

Added support for Blade product. (CR 18380, 17874)

Removed toggle of transmitter during speed negotiation to avoid going
into loopback mode. (CR 18012, 18305, 18392, 17875)

Debounced cable pull indication to allow compatability with a wider
choice of SFP types. (CR 16383, 18304, 18396)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Firmware LP11000

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

2.10a9

Size Firmware

335Kb

File Name

bd210a9.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a9 and 2.10a8:

Changed DMA engine to quiesce and shutdown so that a channel reset on one
channel does not affect operations of the other channel.
(CR 18627, 18919, 18927, 19089, 18921, 19090)

Corrected UART interrupt handling to eliminate chance of channel lock up
on first POST after flash is programmed. (CR 18621, 19083)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)
-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a8 and 2.10a7:

Improved handling of unexpected link events after a DownLink command by
returning to a non-active state after the command is processed.
(CR 17081, 17577, 17606, 18281)

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18307)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

The maximum IOCB value reported by read_config now reports the correct
number of buffers in the pool. (CR 18223, 18289, 18290, 18348)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Loopback operation has been changed so that loopback activity is not
transmitted to the link. (CR 18311, 18315, 17776, 18301, 18302, 18395)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330, 18332,
18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)

Correct address values are now returned in Dump Table data.
(CR 18313, 18337, 18338)

The transmit queue is now restarted after ACK handling to avoid a
transmit hang in Class 2. (CR 18362, 18363, 18364)

Added support for Blade product. (CR 18380, 17874)

Removed toggle of transmitter during speed negotiation to avoid going
into loopback mode. (CR 18012, 18305, 18392, 17875)

Debounced cable pull indication to allow compatability with a wider
choice of SFP types. (CR 16383, 18304, 18396)

Added custom features or configurations as per customer request.
(CR 17479, 17482, 17684, 17688, 17381, 18339, 18340, 18350, 18368,
18370, 18371, 19073, 16069, 18282, 18285, 18344)

Development, desk checks and source code review found possible problems
that had no reported instances of failure. (CR 16339, 17787, 17920,
18283, 18286, 18345, 17650, 18294, 18295, 18296, 17650, 18294, 18295,
12042, 18297, 18298, 11936, 18299, 18300, 18336, 18365, 18308, 18309,
18397)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Firmware LP11002

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

2.10a9

Size Firmware

335Kb

File Name

bf210a9.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP11002 PCI host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

BF210A9.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a6
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a6
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a9 and 2.10a8:

Changed DMA engine to quiesce and shutdown so that a channel reset on one
channel does not affect operations of the other channel.
(CR 18627, 18919, 18927, 19089, 18921, 19090)

Corrected UART interrupt handling to eliminate chance of channel lock up
on first POST after flash is programmed. (CR 18621, 19083)

Pre-initialize configuration region to avoid errors if host reads it
before the initial configuration is complete. (CR 19177, 19187, 19188)
-- Changes and corrections between 2.10a8 and 2.10a7:

Improved handling of unexpected link events after a DownLink command by
returning to a non-active state after the command is processed.
(CR 17081, 17577, 17606, 18281)

Several issues with FLASH access during reset of only one port have been
eliminated by synchronizing the flash access speed of both ports.
(CR 17472, 17475, 17539, 17542, 17625, 17626, 17647, 17648, 18212,
18307)

An I/O timeout during tape operation was eliminated by delaying
processing of any FCP2 errors during discovery. (CR 17363, 18287, 18288)

The maximum IOCB value reported by read_config now reports the correct
number of buffers in the pool. (CR 18223, 18289, 18290, 18348)

Improved buffer handling logic during error conditions to avoid aborted
exchanges. (CR 17701, 18291, 18292, 18349)

Loopback operation has been changed so that loopback activity is not
transmitted to the link. (CR 18311, 18315, 17776, 18301, 18302, 18395)

Improved handling of erroneously-sized ECHO responses. (CR 18330, 18332,
18333)

The HBA now transmits all outstanding ACKs before processing any
previously blocked data. (CR 16354, 18334, 18335)

Correct address values are now returned in Dump Table data.
(CR 18313, 18337, 18338)

The transmit queue is now restarted after ACK handling to avoid a
transmit hang in Class 2. (CR 18362, 18363, 18364)

Added support for Blade product. (CR 18380, 17874)

Removed toggle of transmitter during speed negotiation to avoid going
into loopback mode. (CR 18012, 18305, 18392, 17875)

Debounced cable pull indication to allow compatability with a wider
choice of SFP types. (CR 16383, 18304, 18396)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.91a1

Size Firmware

327Kb

File Name

td191a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP10000, LP10000DC and LP10000ExDC
PCI host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

TD191A1.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a4

Several files, such as the .DWC file and .CFL files, have been
eliminated from this kit in order to simplify the update process and
ensure correct operation of the updated HBA.
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a1 and 1.91a0:

Corrected an uninitialized variable in the Linux key check. (CR 14533)

Changed XRI buffer return behavior so that buffers are normally
returned without error in cases where the exchange has completed.
(CR 13413)

Improved handling of stale frames from completed exchanges so they
can no longer affect new exchanges. (CR 14479)

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a0 and 1.90a4:

Ensure that resynch happens after link down. This remedies a problem
encountered only when connecting test equipment to the HBA. (CR 10135,
13634, 14443)

Ensure that we have at least one credit when doing REG LOGIN to
fabric port. (CR 12460, 12466, 14357)

Response to an unsolicited IP broadcast frame was corrected to comply
with FC spec. (CR 11019, 14596)

Interrupt handling of a PCI abort has been corrected so that the rare
out-of-order interrupt is no longer regarded as a cause for resetting
the HBA. (CR 11169, 13635, 14052, 14449)

Improved response and handling of Expansion ROM access requests
to enhance and ensure correct operation.
(CR 11170, 12155, 12354, 14361)

Allow use of a revised FLASH memory chip [Intel J3 rev C].
(CR 12213, 13078, 14451)

Ensure that no frames waiting for resources are accidentally released
on to the link when killing exchanges. (CR 12183, 13630, 14591, 14447)

Corrected a problem where the download of corrupted firmware would
return the proper error, but refuse any further commands.
(CR 13241, 14584)

Improved handling of the RESET_RING command to completely initialize
the ring and no longer return an unnecessary response.
(CR 13325, 13631, 13632, 13374, 14446, 14450, 14589)

Improved response to give priority to outstanding ACKs when in
target mode under heavy load. (CR 13327, 13633, 14445)

Added code to correctly process and count error counter overflows.
(CR 13328, 13629, 14444)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.90x5

Size Firmware

2.4Mb

File Name

oem_x_190x5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP1005DC Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.90a5

Size Firmware

325Kb

File Name

mf190a5_lp1005dc.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP1005DC HBA
Support: HS20, HS40, JS20
Utility: DOS utility (lp6dutil.exe) Version 9.3a4 Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP1005DC-CM2 host adapter.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

MF190A5.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a4
Changes and Corrections:

-- Version 1.90A5 --

This is the first general release of firmware for the LP1005DC-CM2.
Although there may be earlier versions of firmware for similar HBAs,
do not download them into this product.
Known Issues:
The following issues have been reported at the time of publication.
These issues may not yet have been verified or confirmed and may
apply to another product, such as the driver or hardware.

None.

Cautions and Warnings:

If you use LP6DUTIL to load the firmware into the HBA, you must
use version v9.3A4 or greater. The latest version of LP6DUTIL
is included in this kit.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP1005DC Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP1005DC HBA Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 Firmware

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.91a1

Size Firmware

327Kb

File Name

td191a1.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Compatibility:

This kit supports the LP10000, LP10000DC and LP10000ExDC
PCI host adapters.

This kit includes the following files:

README.TXT The file you are reading

TD191A1.ALL All firmware components, no boot code

LP6DUTIL.EXE DOS-based diagnostic utility 9.3a4
LP6DUTIL.DOC LP6DUTIL diagnostic utility document
SAMPLESCRIPT.TXT An example script for LP6DUTIL 9.3a4

Several files, such as the .DWC file and .CFL files, have been
eliminated from this kit in order to simplify the update process and
ensure correct operation of the updated HBA.
Changes and Corrections:

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a1 and 1.91a0:

Corrected an uninitialized variable in the Linux key check. (CR 14533)

Changed XRI buffer return behavior so that buffers are normally
returned without error in cases where the exchange has completed.
(CR 13413)

Improved handling of stale frames from completed exchanges so they
can no longer affect new exchanges. (CR 14479)

-- Changes and corrections between 1.91a0 and 1.90a4:

Ensure that resynch happens after link down. This remedies a problem
encountered only when connecting test equipment to the HBA. (CR 10135,
13634, 14443)

Ensure that we have at least one credit when doing REG LOGIN to
fabric port. (CR 12460, 12466, 14357)

Response to an unsolicited IP broadcast frame was corrected to comply
with FC spec. (CR 11019, 14596)

Interrupt handling of a PCI abort has been corrected so that the rare
out-of-order interrupt is no longer regarded as a cause for resetting
the HBA. (CR 11169, 13635, 14052, 14449)

Improved response and handling of Expansion ROM access requests
to enhance and ensure correct operation.
(CR 11170, 12155, 12354, 14361)

Allow use of a revised FLASH memory chip [Intel J3 rev C].
(CR 12213, 13078, 14451)

Ensure that no frames waiting for resources are accidentally released
on to the link when killing exchanges. (CR 12183, 13630, 14591, 14447)

Corrected a problem where the download of corrupted firmware would
return the proper error, but refuse any further commands.
(CR 13241, 14584)

Improved handling of the RESET_RING command to completely initialize
the ring and no longer return an unnecessary response.
(CR 13325, 13631, 13632, 13374, 14446, 14450, 14589)

Improved response to give priority to outstanding ACKs when in
target mode under heavy load. (CR 13327, 13633, 14445)

Added code to correctly process and count error counter overflows.
(CR 13328, 13629, 14444)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 Previous

Operating Systems

Firmware

Version Firmware

1.90x5

Size Firmware

2.4Mb

File Name

oem_x_190x5.zip

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 Firmware Update Manual

Operating Systems

Firmware

Size Firmware

106Kb

File Name

fwupdate.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Things to Know Before You Download ............................................................. 1
Update Utilities ........................................................................................................ 2

Introduction
For information about any firmware release, see the release notes on the Emulex Web site. Release
notes include information such as new features, compatibility, known issues and resolved known issues.
This manual does not contain the procedures themselves. It serves as a guide to the publication that
contains the procedures you need.

Prerequisites
• Local boot disk.
• The intended Fibre Channel target should be big enough to hold all system files and the swap
slice of the current local boot disk.

Things to Know Before You Download
• Before you download the OneConnect or LightPulse files, create a directory for them.
• As a measure of protection, ensure that critical files on your local boot disk are backed up.
• Firmware may be bundled with boot code. Boot code allows you to designate a device that is
attached to the adapter as a boot drive. If you select a firmware image that includes boot code,
the update procedure will load both the new firmware and the boot code at the same time. After
updating, refer to the Emulex Boot Manual for procedures on enabling the boot code on your
adapter.
• Emulex firmware files support both OneConnect and LightPulse adapters.
• For OneConnect adapters:
• Firmware and boot code are provided in a single flash image called a .UFI file.
• The UFI file contains all of the files that support all OneConnect adapters. The latest
files for your adapter are installed automatically when you use an Emulex utility to
update the firmware.
• The UFI file contains both firmware and boot code.
• For LightPulse adapters:
• Firmware is provided in a .ZIP file as a .ALL file or a .AWC file. You must manually unzip
the .ALL or .AWC file from the .ZIP file before you can use an Emulex utility to install it.
• Firmware differs between adapter models. Make sure you download the appropriate
firmware for your adapter.
• The .ZIP file may or may not include a boot code (.PRG) file.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP1005DC Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

156Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP1005DC HBA Table of Contents
Installation
Compatibility/Prerequisites
Set Jumpers
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· Host computer must provide 3.3 VDC bus power
One open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI or PCI-X bus
slot.
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 33 MHz or 66 MHz
· PCI-X bus clock rate of 66 MHz, 100 MHz, or 133 MHz
· Media and connectors

Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter is shipped with a unique 64-bit identifier called
the IEEE address. The Fibre Channel industry uses a World Wide
Name (WWN) derived from the IEEE address, and this number is
needed for Fibre Chanel connectivity. The serial number is used when
communicating with Emulex. Both numbers are clearly marked on the
board. We recommend that you record these numbers before
installation.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32- or 64-bit PCI or PCI-X
bus slot. Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus
adapter. Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different
sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low-profile mounting bracket
is shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.

Note Be careful not to push the bracket past
the transceiver housing's grounding tabs.

Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32- or 64-bit PCI or PCI-X
bus slot. Press firmly until it is seated.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP1005DC Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP1005DC HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

309Kb

File Name

install_lp11000.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Introduction .................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features ...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers ....................................................................................................................................3
Installing the Host Bus Adapter ...................................................................................................................4
Attaching Media ..........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power ...........................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs ...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results ........................................................................................................6
References .................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications ................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices ..........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice ......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LP11000 host bus adapter (HBA) is a single-channel, 4-gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) PCI-X 2.0 HBA. The core technology of this HBA is Emulex’s seventh generation FC
controller. The controller incorporates a multi-function native PCI-X 2.0 core that is compliant to the
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) and PCI-X local bus specifications. The HBA supports burst
data transfers up to 266-megahertz (MHz) PCI-X Mode 2, 133 MHz PCI-X Mode 1, or 66 MHz PCI. The
fully featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multi-function PCI-X device with one FC port
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCI-X 2.0 FC controller with one internal processor
• Complies with the PCI-X 2.0a and PCI 3.0 specifications for 3.3-V add-in cards
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCI-X and FC functionality is contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processor with instruction and data cache
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb core
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LP11000 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connection with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802 and LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware:
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 2047 concurrent exchanges
•I/O multiplexing down to the FC frame level
• Data buffers are capable of supporting 64+ buffer-to-buffer (BB) credits for short-wave
applications
• Link management and recovery are handled by the firmware
• On-board diagnostic capability is accessible via optional connection
• Parts and construction are compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of
Hazardous Substances (RoHS)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11002-M4 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

309Kb

File Name

install_lp11000.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Introduction .................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features ...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility ..................................................................................................................................2
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................2
Setting the Jumpers ....................................................................................................................................3
Installing the Host Bus Adapter ...................................................................................................................4
Attaching Media ..........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power ...........................................................................................................................................6
Viewing the LEDs ...........................................................................................................................6
POST Conditions and Results ........................................................................................................6
References .................................................................................................................................................7
Specifications ................................................................................................................................7
FCC and Regulatory Notices ..........................................................................................................8
Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................................................................9
Laser Safety Notice ......................................................................................................................11

Introduction
The Emulex® LP11000 host bus adapter (HBA) is a single-channel, 4-gigabit per second (Gb/s), Fibre
Channel (FC) PCI-X 2.0 HBA. The core technology of this HBA is Emulex’s seventh generation FC
controller. The controller incorporates a multi-function native PCI-X 2.0 core that is compliant to the
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) and PCI-X local bus specifications. The HBA supports burst
data transfers up to 266-megahertz (MHz) PCI-X Mode 2, 133 MHz PCI-X Mode 1, or 66 MHz PCI. The
fully featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.
Major Features
• Multi-function PCI-X device with one FC port
• Auto-negotiation between 1-Gb, 2-Gb or 4-Gb link attachments
• High performance FC HBA with the PCI-X 2.0 FC controller with one internal processor
• Complies with the PCI-X 2.0a and PCI 3.0 specifications for 3.3-V add-in cards
• Full support for all FC topologies including point-to-point, arbitrated loop and fabric
• Full support for FC service class 2 and 3
• Maximum FC throughput achieved via full duplex hardware support
• End-to-end data path-parity and cyclical redundancy check (CRC) protection, including internal
data path random-access memory (RAM)
• Architectural support for multiple upper layer protocols
• State-of-the-art circuitry:
•All PCI-X and FC functionality is contained within a single, custom, high-density, fully integrated FC controller
•Internal ARM 1136J-S processor with instruction and data cache
•Internal serializer deserializer (SerDes) 1-Gb/2-Gb/4-Gb core
• Internal high-speed static RAM (SRAM)
• Error correcting code (ECC) protection of local memory, including single-bit correction and
double-bit protection
• The LP11000 HBA provides an embedded short wave optical (LC) connection with link
diagnostics capability.
• Host interface via Emulex standard drivers or through custom drivers written to the Emulex
Service Level Interface (SLI-2) that is compatible with the many existing Emulex drivers for
products such as LP8000, LP9002L, LP9802 and LP10000 HBAs
• Comprehensive array of operating system (OS) drivers:
•Emulex standard and OEM derivatives of device drivers for Windows 2000 Server, Windows Server 2003, Novell NetWare, Sun Solaris, Linux and HP-UX
•OEM-specific drivers for AIX and some other operating systems
•Some drivers support both SCSI and IP protocols
•Support for remote and fabric boot functionality
• On-board context management by the firmware:
•Up to 510 FC port logins
•Up to 2047 concurrent exchanges
•I/O multiplexing down to the FC frame level
• Data buffers are capable of supporting 64+ buffer-to-buffer (BB) credits for short-wave
applications
• Link management and recovery are handled by the firmware
• On-board diagnostic capability is accessible via optional connection
• Parts and construction are compliant to the European Union Directive of Restriction of
Hazardous Substances (RoHS)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP11000-M4 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP11000 / LP11002 HBAs Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP7000E Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

207Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP7000E Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP7000E HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

154Kb

File Name

install8k.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Set Jumpers
Install HBA
Change GBIC
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
DB9 Pinout
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
One open 32-bit or 64-bit (recommended) PCI bus slot with a 3.3 VDC
or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· Maximum PCI bus clock rate of 33 MHz
· Media and connectors (user supplied)
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with
dual SC connectors, used with short wave lasers
¨
Single mode fiber optic cable (9/125 m m) with dual SC
connectors, used with long wave lasers
¨
¨ Copper duplex cabling with DB9 connectors (also called DE9)

Install Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE address and serial number.
Each host adapter is shipped with a unique address identifier called the
IEEE address. The Fibre Channel industry uses a World Wide Name
(WWN) derived from the IEEE address, and this number is need for
arbitrated loop connectivity. The serial number is used when
communicating with Emulex. Both numbers are clearly marked on the
board. We recommend that you record these numbers before installation.
1.
2. Turn off and unplug the computer.
3. Remove the computer case.
4. Remove the blank panel from an empty 32- or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Insert host adapter board into the empty 32- or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until the board is seated.
5.
Secure the host adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw.
6.
7. Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media attachment.

Change the GBIC Connector
A GBIC, or Gigabit Interface Converter, is a connector that offers a flexible
choice of copper or fiber optic media. A GBIC supports either short wave or long
wave optical transmission. These types are available:
· Short-wave fiber optic GBIC with dual SC connectors
· Long-wave fiber optic GBIC with dual SC connectors
· Copper GBIC with DB9 connector
Caution An Emulex supplied GBIC is required to maintain regulatory
compliance with worldwide certifications (for example, FCC,
C-Tick, CE, and so on).
A GBIC should be matched with its cabling to obtain optimum performance and
distance. For example, a short wave fiber optic GBIC best supports either
62.5/125 or 50/125 multimode cable, while a long wave fiber optic GBIC
functions best with 9/125 single mode cable.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP8000 HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

87Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP8000S Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP8000S HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002C Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

175Kb

File Name

install_9002c.pdf

Information

Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Set Jumpers
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
The host computer must provide 3.3 VDC bus power (a power LED on
the bracket shows bus power)
·
One open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) cPCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
· Media and connectors

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off the computer.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32- or 64-bit cPCI bus slot, or
remove the existing HBA.
With the lever open, hold the LP9002C board by the two side edges or
the bracket, and slide the card into the slot between the two guides.
Press on the front panel to completely seat the card in the I/O
assembly.Push the lever in to lock the lever. You should feel it click.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002C Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002C HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

132Kb

File Name

install_9002dc.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Set Jumpers
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· Host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
One open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
· Media and connectors
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.
Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002DC Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002DC HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

146Kb

File Name

install_9402dc.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Set Jumpers
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· Host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
One open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
· Media and connectors
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.
Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9402DC Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9402DC HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

145Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002S Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002S HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

118Kb

File Name

install_9002l.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Set Jumpers
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· Host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
One open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
· Media and connectors
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.
Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9002L Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9002L HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP952L Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

139Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP952L Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP952L HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

135Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9802 HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12002-M8 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

1.1Mb

File Name

lpe12000_12002.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................1
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................1
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................7
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................7
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................7
References..................................................................................................................................................9
Specifications.................................................................................................................................9
FCC and Regulatory Notices.........................................................................................................11
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................12
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................14

Introduction
This manual describes the Emulex® LPe12000, LPe12002 and LPe12004, 8 gigabit per second (Gb/s)
Fibre Channel (FC) to Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) host bus adapters (HBAs).
They feature a revolutionary design with integrated ARM-1156 cores, integrated SERDES, integrated
SRAM, and external Double-Data Rate (DDRII SRAM) memory structure. The LPe12000 is a singlechannel
adapter. The LPe12002 is a dual-channel adapter.The LPe12004 is a four-channel adapter.
The core technology of these HBAs is the ninth generation FC controller by Emulex. The controller
incorporates a multifunction native PCIe core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 2.0 and
PCI Express CEM Specification 2.0. The HBAs support packet transfers up to 5 gigatransfers per
second (5.0 GT/s) on the PCIe link. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or x8. The fully
featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.

Note: Illustrations in this manual are only examples. The actual hardware may vary.

Major Features
• Multifunction PCIe 2.0 device with one (LPe12000), two (LPe12002) or four (LPe12004)
independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 2-Gb/s, 4-Gb/s or 8-Gb/s FC link attachments
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 2.0 specifications:
• Built-in temperature sensor

Prerequisites
• PCIe 2.0 compliant systems: x4 or x8 lane transfer link interface
• 3.3 V and 12 V power from PCIe slot required for operation

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12002-M8 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12000-M8 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

1.1Mb

File Name

lpe12000_12002.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Introduction..................................................................................................................................................1
Major Features...............................................................................................................................1
Compatibility...................................................................................................................................1
Prerequisites...................................................................................................................................1
Setting the Jumpers.....................................................................................................................................2
Installing the Host Bus Adapter....................................................................................................................3
Attaching Media...........................................................................................................................................5
Applying Power............................................................................................................................................7
Viewing the LEDs...........................................................................................................................7
POST Conditions and Results.........................................................................................................7
References..................................................................................................................................................9
Specifications.................................................................................................................................9
FCC and Regulatory Notices.........................................................................................................11
Declaration of Conformity..............................................................................................................12
Laser Safety Notice.......................................................................................................................14

Introduction
This manual describes the Emulex® LPe12000, LPe12002 and LPe12004, 8 gigabit per second (Gb/s)
Fibre Channel (FC) to Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) host bus adapters (HBAs).
They feature a revolutionary design with integrated ARM-1156 cores, integrated SERDES, integrated
SRAM, and external Double-Data Rate (DDRII SRAM) memory structure. The LPe12000 is a singlechannel
adapter. The LPe12002 is a dual-channel adapter.The LPe12004 is a four-channel adapter.
The core technology of these HBAs is the ninth generation FC controller by Emulex. The controller
incorporates a multifunction native PCIe core that is compliant to the PCIe Base Specification 2.0 and
PCI Express CEM Specification 2.0. The HBAs support packet transfers up to 5 gigatransfers per
second (5.0 GT/s) on the PCIe link. The supported physical PCIe connector is x4 or x8. The fully
featured FC port is compliant to various American National Standards Institute (ANSI) FC standards.
The product is targeted at FC storage networking environments that require the highest degrees of
robustness, performance and ease of management.

Note: Illustrations in this manual are only examples. The actual hardware may vary.

Major Features
• Multifunction PCIe 2.0 device with one (LPe12000), two (LPe12002) or four (LPe12004)
independent FC ports
• Auto-negotiation between 2-Gb/s, 4-Gb/s or 8-Gb/s FC link attachments
• Complies with the PCIe base and CEM 2.0 specifications:
• Built-in temperature sensor

Prerequisites
• PCIe 2.0 compliant systems: x4 or x8 lane transfer link interface
• 3.3 V and 12 V power from PCIe slot required for operation

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Lpe12000-M8 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LPe12000 Series HBAs
Emulex 8GB FC Single-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0485)
Emulex 8GB FC Dual-Port PCIe HBA (IBM P/N 42D0494)
Note: The firmware and bootcode provided here supports both IBM and Emulex branded LPe12000/LPe12002 HBAs in IBM ESS, DS6000, DS8000 servers. Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

136Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP9802DC Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP9802DC HBA Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals LP10000

Size Manual

364Kb

File Name

install_lp10000.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Table of ContentsInstallationFeaturesCompatibilityPrerequisitesSet JumpersInstall HBAAttach MediaApply PowerView LEDsReferenceSpecificationsFCC StatementDeclaration of ConformityLaser Safety

Features
The LP10000 host bus adapter offers a highly integrated 2Gb/s Fibre Channel HBA for use in servers based on either the conventional PCI or PCI-X 1.0a expansion bus architectures. The LP10000 delivers exceptional performance through the use of a sixth generation Emulex Thor controller. The Thor high-performance controller is a highly integrated device that combines industry standard embedded ARM9 processors, 1Gig/2Gig SERDES and protocol technology into a single module. The LP10000 is a single-channel HBA in a low-profile PCI (MD2) compliant card format.
Major Features
l
Full duplex 2Gb/s Fibre Channel delivering up to 400MB/s
l
Superior transaction processing performance
l
Automatic speed negotiation
l
Automatic topology detection
l
Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_port connections
l
Onboard hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
l
Support for use of multiple concurrent protocols (SCSI and IP)
l
Full support for both FC service class 2 and 3
l
Full fabric support in x86, Itanium and SPARC environments
l
Support for FC-Tape (FCP-2) devices
l
66/100/133 MHz PCI-X 1.0a and PCI 2.3 compatibility
l
End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
l
Robust suite of software supporting Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, NetWare and Solaris
l
3.3V signaling, 5V tolerant
l
Optical small form factor (LC) interface

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000DC-M4 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals LP10000

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 Installation Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals LP10000

Size Manual

364Kb

File Name

install_lp10000.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Table of ContentsInstallationFeaturesCompatibilityPrerequisitesSet JumpersInstall HBAAttach MediaApply PowerView LEDsReferenceSpecificationsFCC StatementDeclaration of ConformityLaser Safety

Features
The LP10000 host bus adapter offers a highly integrated 2Gb/s Fibre Channel HBA for use in servers based on either the conventional PCI or PCI-X 1.0a expansion bus architectures. The LP10000 delivers exceptional performance through the use of a sixth generation Emulex Thor controller. The Thor high-performance controller is a highly integrated device that combines industry standard embedded ARM9 processors, 1Gig/2Gig SERDES and protocol technology into a single module. The LP10000 is a single-channel HBA in a low-profile PCI (MD2) compliant card format.
Major Features
l
Full duplex 2Gb/s Fibre Channel delivering up to 400MB/s
l
Superior transaction processing performance
l
Automatic speed negotiation
l
Automatic topology detection
l
Full fabric support using F_Port and FL_port connections
l
Onboard hardware context cache for superior fabric performance
l
Support for use of multiple concurrent protocols (SCSI and IP)
l
Full support for both FC service class 2 and 3
l
Full fabric support in x86, Itanium and SPARC environments
l
Support for FC-Tape (FCP-2) devices
l
66/100/133 MHz PCI-X 1.0a and PCI 2.3 compatibility
l
End-to-end parity protection for high data integrity
l
Robust suite of software supporting Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000, Windows NT, Linux, NetWare and Solaris
l
3.3V signaling, 5V tolerant
l
Optical small form factor (LC) interface

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

LP10000-M4 Troubleshooting Manual

Operating Systems

Hardware Manuals LP10000

Size Manual

649Kb

File Name

troubleshooting.pdf

Information

IBM Branded LP10000 / LP10000DC HBAs Overview................................................................................................................ 1
Be Informed, Stay Informed, Stay Current 1
The Importance of Compatibility, Driver Updates and Firmware Updates 1
Driver Updates........................................................................................... 1
Firmware Updates...................................................................................... 2
Emulex Configuration Parameters 3
How Emulex Device Driver Configuration Parameters Work...................... 3
Emulex Applications 3
Troubleshooting...................................................................................................... 4
Observing the Problem 4
Isolating the Problem 4
SAN Components...................................................................................... 4
Server Components................................................................................... 5
Checklists 6
Connectivity Checklist................................................................................ 6
Installation Checklist.................................................................................. 7
Upgrade Checklist...................................................................................... 8
Configuration Checklist.............................................................................. 8
Tools to Collect Data 9
Driver Tools - Event Logging...................................................................... 9
The OneCommand Manager and HBAnyware Applications....................... 9
Other Ways to Collect Data...................................................................... 10
Common Problems 10
Hardware Issues...................................................................................... 10
Link Down................................................................................................ 10
Cannot See Devices or Drives................................................................. 11
Out-of-Date Driver Version....................................................................... 12
Out-of-Date Firmware Version.................................................................. 12
OneConnect and LightPulse LP21000 Adapters 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Checklist....................................................... 13
OneConnect and LP21000 Symptoms..................................................... 13
When to Contact Emulex...................................................................................... 14
Emulex Web Site and Emulex Support................................................................. 15
Emulex Support Page 15
Contact Emulex After Hours, Weekends or Holidays............................... 17
LED Reference Information.................................................................................. 18
Firmware Operation and Port Activity LEDs 18
Common LED States 18
Normal Link Up........................................................................................ 18
Link-Down or adapter waiting................................................................... 19
Heart-beat indication................................................................................ 19
OneConnect CNA LEDs........................................................................... 19
LP21000 LEDs......................................................................................... 19
LED Table................................................................................................ 21

Driver Updates
To update your driver, download the latest Emulex driver and utilities from the Emulex Web site. From
the main Emulex Web site, click Downloads, click your vendor and then click the link for your operating
system (OS).
Drivers for Windows
• The drivers for Windows include support for Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 Server and Windows NT (No future versions of drivers for
Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT are planned.)
•The driver kit download includes the base driver and the OneCommand Manager application.
•If you are running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 Server, the driver kit download includes AutoPilot Installer®, which enables you to quickly install or update drivers and utilities and configure adapters, drivers and utilities.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.3.6

Size Driver

300Kb

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.6-2.tar.gz

Information

7.3.6 RHEL3 u8 (Linux CD), u7, u6, SLES8 SP4
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6 or higher
Base driver, application helper module and install script (306 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Install Process
2.1 Driver Installation
2.2 Driver Uninstallation
3. Release Notes

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex LPFC
driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 6 and higher
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3 and 4

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the driver installation to succeed.
2. Description of Install Process

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the LPFC driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.3 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.
2.1 Driver Installation

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.3 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the LPFC driver through the ramdisk.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Applications Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.3.6

Size Driver

175.7Mb

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a29-7.3.6-1-5.tar

Information

7.3.6 RHEL3 u8 (Linux CD), u7, u6, SLES8 SP4
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6 or higher
Remote Management Utility HBAnyware version 2.1a29 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 2.0a12 (185 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a29 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a29
SSC version 2.1a29
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a12
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.6 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Linux User Manual

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Manual

7.3.6

Size Manual

6Mb

File Name

set.pdf

Information

7.3.6 RHEL3 u8 (Linux CD), u7, u6, SLES8 SP4
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6 or higher
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,451 KB pdf file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.3.3

Size Driver

297Kb

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.3-1.tar.gz

Information

7.3.3 RHEL3 u7 (Linux CD), u6, u5
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6 or higher
Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.1a24 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 2.0a9
Base driver, application helper module and install script (297 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 6 and higher
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3 and 4

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.3 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.3 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Applications Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.3.3

Size Driver

175.7Mb

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a29-7.3.3-1-2.tar

Information

7.3.3 RHEL3 u7 (Linux CD), u6, u5
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6 or higher
Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.1a24 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 2.0a9
HBAnyware utility 2.1a29, lputil 2.0a11 (169 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a29 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a29
SSC version 2.1a29
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a12
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.3 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Linux User Manual

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Manual

7.3.3

Size Manual

6Mb

File Name

set.pdf

Information

7.3.3 RHEL3 u7 (Linux CD), u6, u5
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6 or higher
Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.1a24 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 2.0a9
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,451 KB pdf file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.3.2

Size Driver

297Kb

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.2-1.tar.gz

Information

7.3.2 RHEL3 u6 (Linux CD), u5, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 4, 5 and 6 for PowerPC 64 with 2.4.21 kernel Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.1a24 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 2.0a9
Base driver, application helper module and install script (297 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.3 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.3 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Applications Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.3.2

Size Driver

175.3Mb

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a24-7.3.2-1-2.tar

Information

7.3.2 RHEL3 u6 (Linux CD), u5, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 4, 5 and 6 for PowerPC 64 with 2.4.21 kernel Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.1a24 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 2.0a9
HBAnyware utility 2.1a24, lputil 2.0a9 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a24 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a24
SSC version 2.1a24
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.2-1 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Linux User Manual

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Manual

7.3.2

Size Manual

6Mb

File Name

set.pdf

Information

7.3.2 RHEL3 u6 (Linux CD), u5, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 4, 5 and 6 for PowerPC 64 with 2.4.21 kernel Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.1a24 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 2.0a9
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,451 KB pdf file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.1.14

Size Driver

294Kb

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.1.14-3.tar.gz

Information

7.1.14 RHEL3 u5 (Linux CD), u4, u3, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4 (PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (SVC, ESS , DS6000, DS8000)Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the gz file containing an install script and 2 scripted source RPMs. (295 KB gz file).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require that the
kernel sources be installed on the system in order for the RPM
installation to succeed. The following distributions of Linux are
supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- On SLES 8 SP3, the uninstall procedure does not fully remove all
of the driver files that get built during installation. Run the
'lpfc-install --uninstall' command twice to remove all the
driver files.

- SLES 8 does not handle the Peripheral Qualifier Bit set to 1
correctly. If you need to use some lun scanning software to
dynamically add new luns to a SLES 8 system, you must to set the
lpfc_inq_pqb_filter parameter.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Applications Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.1.14

Size Driver

139.7Mb

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar

Information

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing the management utilites: HBAnyware v2.0a20 and LPUTIL v1.6a10. (145 MB).

HBAnyware 2.0a20 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.0a20
SSC version 2.0a15
DFC Library version 7.1.14
Lputil version 1.6a10
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc 7.1.14
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Applications Helper Module

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Driver

7.1.14

Size Driver

68Kb

File Name

lpfc_2.4_ioctl_module_kit-1.0.13-2.tar.gz

Information

7.1.14 RHEL3 u5 (Linux CD), u4, u3, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4 (PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (SVC, ESS , DS6000, DS8000)Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing install script and scripted source RPM (69 KB gz file).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC DFC driver RPM requires that the kernel sources be
installed on the system in order for the RPM installation to
succeed. The following distributions of Linux are supported by the
Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC DFC driver RPM. This
RPM installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfcdfc directory,
builds the driver for the currently running kernel, and then
installs the drivers to the proper directory for the currently
running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- The Emulex HBAnyware configuration utility is not supported in
this release.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Linux User Manual

Operating Systems

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version Manual

7.1.14

Size Manual

6Mb

File Name

set.pdf

Information

7.1.14 RHEL3 u5 (Linux CD), u4, u3, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4 (PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (SVC, ESS , DS6000, DS8000)Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2,778 KB pdf file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Applications Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version Driver

8.1.6

Size Driver

159.3Mb

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.0a15-8.1.6-2-1.tar

Information

8.1.6 SLES10 (Linux CD)
Emulex device driver v8.1.6 is included in the SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 distribution
HBAnyware utility 3.0a15, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.1.1 (163 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.0a15 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.0a15
SSC version 3.0a15
DFC Library version 80.162-1
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.c
DFC helper module

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.1.6-2 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

HBAnyware requires the kernel development environment as described here:

This kit installs the Emulex Application Helper Module for the
currently running kernel. Since this installation procedure builds
the module for the currently running kernel, the kernel development
environment must be installed. For systems running Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) 4, the appropriate kernel-devel package is required; for
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the 2.6.9-22.ELsmp
kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package. For
systems running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9, the appropriate
kernel-source package is required; for example, a system with the
2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139
package.
A log of each installation and uninstallation is recorded in the
following file:

/usr/src/lpfcdfc/utils-install.log
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version Manual

8.1.6

Size Manual

2.9Mb

File Name

manual_81.pdf

Information

8.1.6 SLES10 (Linux CD)
Emulex device driver v8.1.6 is included in the SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 distribution
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.92 MB) Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex HBA ................................... 6
Installing the Application Helper Module and Utilities .............................................. 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Installing HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module using the
Upgrade Kernel Option...................................................................................... 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Driver Kit ................................................................................ 10
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................. 11
Uninstalling the Utilities ......................................................................................... 12
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator.......................................... 12
Uninstalling HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module ................. 12
Configuration ........................................................................................13
Introduction............................................................................................................ 13
Starting the HBAnyware Utility for Linux .......................................................... 14
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 15
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 16
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 17
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 17
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 18
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 18
Using the the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface.............................. 18
Using the CLI Client .................................................................................. 19
The CLI Client Command Reference ........................................................ 20
Starting the lputil Utility .................................................................................... 34

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version Driver

8.2.0.27

Size Driver

214Kb

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.27-1.tar.gz

Information

8.0.16.27 RHEL4 u5, u4 (Linux CD), u3, u2, SLES9 SP3, SP2
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or higher
Base driver, application helper module and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Applications Kit

Operating Systems

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version Driver

8.2.0.27

Size Driver

187.5Mb

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.0a14-8.0.16.27-1-8.tar

Information

8.0.16.27 RHEL4 u5, u4 (Linux CD), u3, u2, SLES9 SP3, SP2
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or higher
HBAnyware utility 3.0a14, lputil 2.0a13, Application helper module 2.0.15

HBAnyware 3.0a14 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.0a14
SSC version 3.0a14
DFC Library version 80.163.7
Lputil version 2.0a13
HBAAPI version 2.1.c
DFC helper module

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.27 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

HBAnyware requires the kernel development environment as described here:

This kit installs the Emulex Application Helper Module for the
currently running kernel. Since this installation procedure builds
the module for the currently running kernel, the kernel development
environment must be installed. For systems running Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) 4, the appropriate kernel-devel package is required; for
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the 2.6.9-22.ELsmp
kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package. For
systems running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9, the appropriate
kernel-source package is required; for example, a system with the
2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139
package.
A log of each installation and uninstallation is recorded in the
following file:

/usr/src/lpfcdfc/utils-install.log
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version Manual

8.2.0.27

Size Manual

3Mb

File Name

manual.pdf

Information

8.0.16.27 RHEL4 u5, u4 (Linux CD), u3, u2, SLES9 SP3, SP2
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or higher
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or higher
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

NetWare 5.1 and 6.0

Version Driver

2.14b

Size Driver

54Kb

File Name

nw214b.zip

Information

Certification: Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Base driver Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.14b Jul 09, 2004
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.14b version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Service Pack 2 (NW65SP2)
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 4 (NW6SP4 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.90a4)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

NetWare 5.1 and 6.0

Version Manual

2.14b

Size Manual

452Kb

File Name

set.pdf

Information

Certification: Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Supported Features
New Features in this Release
Prerequisites
Compatibility
Things to Know Before You Download
Known Issues
Files Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Driver Information
Install Driver on New Netware Server
Install Driver on Existing Netware Server
Using an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5
Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Driver Parameters
Special Command Line Parameters

Troubleshooting the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Failback Detection Not Automatic
Only Eight LUNS are Seen

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8 and 9

Version Driver

6.01c

Size Driver

8.3Mb

File Name

solaris-6.01c-1a.tar

Information

LPFC Driver
PCI, PCI-X, cPCI and SBus
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a16 , HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.0a16 and lputil 1.6a8 (8.5 MB tar file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Quick Install

Operating Systems

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8 and 9

Version Driver

6.01c

Size Driver

307Kb

File Name

install.pdf

Information

LPFC Driver
PCI, PCI-X, cPCI and SBus
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB) Table of Contents
Installation
Compatability
Prerequisites
Install HBA
Attach Media
Apply Power
View LEDs
Reference
Specifications
FCC and Regulatory Notices
Declaration of
Conformity
Laser Safety

Prerequisites
· The host computer must provide 3.3VDC bus power
The open 32-bit or 64-bit (64-bit recommended) PCI bus slot can be
either 3.3 VDC or 5.0 VDC signaling interface
·
· PCI bus clock rate of 66 MHz is preferred
Multimode fiber optic cable (50/125 m m or 62.5/125 m m) with LC
connectors, used with short-wave lasers

Install the Host Bus Adapter Board
Record IEEE and serial numbers.
Each host bus adapter port is shipped with a unique address identifier
called the IEEE address. Since this adapter has two ports, there are two
IEEE addresses. The IEEE address is used when configuring your
system. The serial number is used when communicating with Emulex.
All numbers are clearly marked on the board. We recommend that you
record these numbers before installing the adapter.
Turn off and unplug the computer.
Remove the computer case.
Remove the blank panel from an empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Compare the removed panel to the bracket on the host bus adapter.
Follow steps 5-8 to change the bracket if they are different sizes.

Note The host bus adapter comes with a standard PCI
bracket installed. The low profile mounting bracket is
shorter than the standard bracket; approximately
3.11 in. (7.9cm) compared to 4.75 in. (12.06 cm)
long.

Remove the mounting bracket screws from the top of the host bus
adapter.
Remove the bracket and store it for future use.
Align the new mounting bracket tabs with the holes in the HBA.
Replace the screws that attach the HBA to the bracket.
Insert the host bus adapter into the empty 32 or 64-bit PCI bus slot.
Press firmly until it is seated.
Secure the host bus adapter's mounting bracket to the case with the panel
screw or clip.
Replace the computer case and tighten case screws.
The host bus adapter is now installed in the PC and is ready for media
attachment.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8 and 9

Version Manual

6.01c

Size Manual

2.3Mb

File Name

set.pdf

Information

LPFC Driver
PCI, PCI-X, cPCI and SBus
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version Driver

6.02f

Size Driver

12Mb

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02f-1b.tar

Information

LPFC Driver
PCI, cPCI and SBus
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

This kit contains the following components:

lpfc-6.02f-sparc.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Solaris Driver
EmlxApps30039-Solaris.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/solframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps30039-Solaris.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version Manual

6.02f

Size Manual

2.7Mb

File Name

set.pdf

Information

LPFC Driver
PCI, cPCI and SBus
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2,727 KB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version Driver

6.02h

Size Driver

12Mb

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02h-1a.tar

Information

LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")

HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version Manual

6.02h

Size Manual

2.7Mb

File Name

manual.pdf

Information

LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.67 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

FCA Utilities

Operating Systems

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version Utilities

6.02h

Size Utilities

76Kb

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.00m-sparc.tar

Information

LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
emlxadm version 1.00q and emlxdrv version 1.00j for SPARC; needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (77 KB tar file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Operating Systems

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version Manual

6.02h

Size Manual

609Kb

File Name

manual.pdf

Information

LPFC Driver
Important Information about Solaris 10 Update 1
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Windows 2000-2003

Version Driver

2.41a1 32-Bit

Size Driver

13.8Mb

File Name

fcportkit_2-41a1-1b.exe

Information

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.41a1 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you're using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. See Solution ID: 27815 for more information. If you're using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation.
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8, see Solution ID: 17931 for help on how to recover your system.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (13.8 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Quick Install

Operating Systems

Windows 2000-2003

Version Driver

2.41a1 32-Bit

Size Driver

115Kb

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Information

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.41a1 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you're using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. See Solution ID: 27815 for more information. If you're using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation.
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8, see Solution ID: 17931 for help on how to recover your system.
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

Windows 2000-2003

Version Manual

2.41a1 32-Bit

Size Manual

3.1Mb

File Name

fcportmanual.pdf

Information

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.42a0 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. See our knowledgebase article for more information. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8, see our knowledgebase article for help on how to recover your system.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3.12 MB)

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Definitions ......................................................................................................... 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Updating the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer ....................................... 2
Using the FC Port Driver in a Windows 2000 Server System ............................ 2
Upgrading to Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 ......................................... 2
Definitions................................................................................................................ 3
FC Port Driver Information....................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Update the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer .......................................... 4
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 4
Files Included in the AutoPilot Installer™ ................................................................ 4
Distribution Executable File Overview ..................................................................... 5
Distribution Executable File Procedure.............................................................. 5
AutoPilot Installer..................................................................................................... 5
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 5
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ......................................................................... 6
Configuration Questions.............................................................................. 6
Installation Planning .......................................................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation................................................................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
If the Installation Fails ................................................................................. 8
Software-First Installation .................................................................................. 8
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 8
Procedure ................................................................................................... 8
HBAnyware Security Configurator Installation ....................................................... 10
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 10
Procedure ................................................................................................. 10
Unattended Installation .......................................................................................... 11
Prerequisites ................................................................................................... 11
AutoPilot Configuration File Format................................................................. 11
Mandatory Configuration File Changes ........................................................... 11
Delete Questions in the APInstall.cfg File........................................................ 12

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Driver Kit

Operating Systems

Windows 2003

Version Driver

1.20a3

Size Driver

19Mb

File Name

storportminiportkit_1-20a3-1h.exe

Information

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms and Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions.
Note KB891793, which updates Microsoft's storport.sys file, is required.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a9 and lputilnt version 1.8a18 (15.1 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Model

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000

Description

Manual

Operating Systems

Windows 2003

Version Manual

1.20a3

Size Manual

3.7Mb

File Name

manual.pdf

Information

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms and Windows Server 2003 x64 Editions.
Note KB891793, which updates Microsoft's storport.sys file, is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Emulex ESS DS6000 DS8000 Download Drivers, Utilities, Manual, Firmware and BIOS